summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/generic
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authordkf <donal.k.fellows@manchester.ac.uk>2005-11-04 15:23:05 (GMT)
committerdkf <donal.k.fellows@manchester.ac.uk>2005-11-04 15:23:05 (GMT)
commit5a7ebb1e1c5d20b44b554a170872eafaabaf0cae (patch)
treebbfefe8e3a1da78eb57ba0c66ea9dcf6bbcb6552 /generic
parent1a7fe73d9dd7662dc54d12ef4efa9a8cd9a24e7b (diff)
downloadtk-5a7ebb1e1c5d20b44b554a170872eafaabaf0cae.zip
tk-5a7ebb1e1c5d20b44b554a170872eafaabaf0cae.tar.gz
tk-5a7ebb1e1c5d20b44b554a170872eafaabaf0cae.tar.bz2
ANSIfy
Diffstat (limited to 'generic')
-rw-r--r--generic/tk3d.h76
-rw-r--r--generic/tkButton.h223
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvBmap.c519
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvImg.c521
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvLine.c1012
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvPoly.c907
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvPs.c1499
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvText.c671
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvUtil.c104
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvWind.c623
-rw-r--r--generic/tkCanvas.h240
11 files changed, 3137 insertions, 3258 deletions
diff --git a/generic/tk3d.h b/generic/tk3d.h
index 03ce97e..100908b 100644
--- a/generic/tk3d.h
+++ b/generic/tk3d.h
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
/*
* tk3d.h --
*
- * Declarations of types and functions shared by the 3d border
- * module.
+ * Declarations of types and functions shared by the 3d border module.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tk3d.h,v 1.5 1999/04/16 01:51:10 stanton Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tk3d.h,v 1.6 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#ifndef _TK3D
@@ -24,9 +23,8 @@
/*
* One of the following data structures is allocated for each 3-D border
- * currently in use. Structures of this type are indexed by
- * borderTable, so that a single structure can be shared for several
- * uses.
+ * currently in use. Structures of this type are indexed by borderTable, so
+ * that a single structure can be shared for several uses.
*/
typedef struct TkBorder {
@@ -40,18 +38,17 @@ typedef struct TkBorder {
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
- * If this count is 0, then this structure
- * is no longer valid and it isn't present
- * in borderTable: it is being kept around
- * only because there are objects referring
- * to it. The structure is freed when
- * resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
- * both 0. */
+ * If this count is 0, then this structure is
+ * no longer valid and it isn't present in
+ * borderTable: it is being kept around only
+ * because there are objects referring to it.
+ * The structure is freed when
+ * resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
+ * 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
- XColor *bgColorPtr; /* Background color (intensity
- * between lightColorPtr and
- * darkColorPtr). */
+ XColor *bgColorPtr; /* Background color (intensity between
+ * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
XColor *darkColorPtr; /* Color for darker areas (must free when
* deleting structure). NULL means shadows
* haven't been allocated yet.*/
@@ -59,28 +56,26 @@ typedef struct TkBorder {
* (must free this when deleting structure).
* NULL means shadows haven't been allocated
* yet. */
- Pixmap shadow; /* Stipple pattern to use for drawing
- * shadows areas. Used for displays with
- * <= 64 colors or where colormap has filled
- * up. */
- GC bgGC; /* Used (if necessary) to draw areas in
- * the background color. */
- GC darkGC; /* Used to draw darker parts of the
- * border. None means the shadow colors
- * haven't been allocated yet.*/
- GC lightGC; /* Used to draw lighter parts of
- * the border. None means the shadow colors
- * haven't been allocated yet. */
- Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in borderTable (needed in
- * order to delete structure). */
+ Pixmap shadow; /* Stipple pattern to use for drawing shadows
+ * areas. Used for displays with <= 64 colors
+ * or where colormap has filled up. */
+ GC bgGC; /* Used (if necessary) to draw areas in the
+ * background color. */
+ GC darkGC; /* Used to draw darker parts of the border.
+ * None means the shadow colors haven't been
+ * allocated yet.*/
+ GC lightGC; /* Used to draw lighter parts of the border.
+ * None means the shadow colors haven't been
+ * allocated yet. */
+ Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in borderTable (needed in order to
+ * delete structure). */
struct TkBorder *nextPtr; /* Points to the next TkBorder structure with
- * the same color name. Borders with the
- * same name but different screens or
- * colormaps are chained together off a
- * single entry in borderTable. */
+ * the same color name. Borders with the same
+ * name but different screens or colormaps are
+ * chained together off a single entry in
+ * borderTable. */
} TkBorder;
-
/*
* Maximum intensity for a color:
*/
@@ -91,10 +86,9 @@ typedef struct TkBorder {
* Declarations for platform specific interfaces used by this module.
*/
-EXTERN TkBorder * TkpGetBorder _ANSI_ARGS_((void));
-EXTERN void TkpGetShadows _ANSI_ARGS_((TkBorder *borderPtr,
- Tk_Window tkwin));
-EXTERN void TkpFreeBorder _ANSI_ARGS_((TkBorder *borderPtr));
+EXTERN TkBorder * TkpGetBorder(void);
+EXTERN void TkpGetShadows(TkBorder *borderPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
+EXTERN void TkpFreeBorder(TkBorder *borderPtr);
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
diff --git a/generic/tkButton.h b/generic/tkButton.h
index 78e0765..01a30e8 100644
--- a/generic/tkButton.h
+++ b/generic/tkButton.h
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/*
* tkButton.h --
*
- * Declarations of types and functions used to implement
- * button-like widgets.
+ * Declarations of types and functions used to implement button-like
+ * widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkButton.h,v 1.11 2004/02/18 00:40:24 hobbs Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkButton.h,v 1.12 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#ifndef _TKBUTTON
@@ -50,20 +50,20 @@ enum defaultState {
};
/*
- * A data structure of the following type is kept for each
- * widget managed by this file:
+ * A data structure of the following type is kept for each widget managed by
+ * this file:
*/
typedef struct {
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the button. NULL
- * means that the window has been destroyed. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Needed to
- * free up resources after tkwin is gone. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the button. NULL means
+ * that the window has been destroyed. */
+ Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Needed to free
+ * up resources after tkwin is gone. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with button. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for button's widget command. */
int type; /* Type of widget, such as TYPE_LABEL:
* restricts operations that may be performed
- * on widget. See below for legal values. */
+ * on widget. See below for legal values. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Table that defines configuration options
* available for this widget. */
@@ -73,64 +73,65 @@ typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *textPtr; /* Value of -text option: specifies text to
* display in button. */
- int underline; /* Value of -underline option: specifies
- * index of character to underline. < 0 means
- * don't underline anything. */
+ int underline; /* Value of -underline option: specifies index
+ * of character to underline. < 0 means don't
+ * underline anything. */
Tcl_Obj *textVarNamePtr; /* Value of -textvariable option: specifies
- * name of variable or NULL. If non-NULL,
+ * name of variable or NULL. If non-NULL,
* button displays the contents of this
* variable. */
- Pixmap bitmap; /* Value of -bitmap option. If not None,
+ Pixmap bitmap; /* Value of -bitmap option. If not None,
* specifies bitmap to display and text and
* textVar are ignored. */
- Tcl_Obj *imagePtr; /* Value of -image option: specifies image
- * to display in window, or NULL if none.
- * If non-NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName
- * are ignored.*/
+ Tcl_Obj *imagePtr; /* Value of -image option: specifies image to
+ * display in window, or NULL if none. If
+ * non-NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
+ * ignored.*/
Tk_Image image; /* Derived from imagePtr by calling
- * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if imagePtr is NULL. */
+ * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if imagePtr is
+ * NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr; /* Value of -selectimage option: specifies
* image to display in window when selected,
- * or NULL if none. Ignored if imagePtr is
+ * or NULL if none. Ignored if imagePtr is
* NULL. */
Tk_Image selectImage; /* Derived from selectImagePtr by calling
- * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if selectImagePtr
- * is NULL. */
+ * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if selectImagePtr is
+ * NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *tristateImagePtr; /* Value of -tristateimage option: specifies
* image to display in window when selected,
- * or NULL if none. Ignored if imagePtr is
+ * or NULL if none. Ignored if imagePtr is
* NULL. */
Tk_Image tristateImage; /* Derived from tristateImagePtr by calling
- * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if tristateImagePtr
- * is NULL. */
+ * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if tristateImagePtr is
+ * NULL. */
/*
* Information used when displaying widget:
*/
- enum state state; /* Value of -state option: specifies
- * state of button for display purposes.*/
+ enum state state; /* Value of -state option: specifies state of
+ * button for display purposes.*/
Tk_3DBorder normalBorder; /* Value of -background option: specifies
* color for background (and border) when
* window isn't active. */
- Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* Value of -activebackground option:
- * this is the color used to draw 3-D border
- * and background when widget is active. */
+ Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* Value of -activebackground option: this is
+ * the color used to draw 3-D border and
+ * background when widget is active. */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthPtr; /* Value of -borderWidth option: specifies
* width of border in pixels. */
int borderWidth; /* Integer value corresponding to
- * borderWidthPtr. Always >= 0. */
+ * borderWidthPtr. Always >= 0. */
int relief; /* Value of -relief option: specifies 3-d
* effect for border, such as
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED. */
- int overRelief; /* Value of -overrelief option: specifies a 3-d
- * effect for the border, such as
+ int overRelief; /* Value of -overrelief option: specifies a
+ * 3-d effect for the border, such as
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED, to be used when the mouse
* is over the button. */
int offRelief; /* Value of -offrelief option: specifies a 3-d
* effect for the border, such as
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED, to be used when a
- * checkbutton or radiobutton without
+ * checkbutton or radiobutton without
* indicator is off */
Tcl_Obj *highlightWidthPtr; /* Value of -highlightthickness option:
* specifies width in pixels of highlight to
@@ -142,25 +143,23 @@ typedef struct {
* specifies background with which to draw 3-D
* default ring and focus highlight area when
* highlight is off. */
- XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Value of -highlightcolor option:
- * specifies color for drawing traversal
- * highlight. */
+ XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Value of -highlightcolor option: specifies
+ * color for drawing traversal highlight. */
int inset; /* Total width of all borders, including
* traversal highlight and 3-D border.
- * Indicates how much interior stuff must
- * be offset from outside edges to leave
- * room for borders. */
- Tk_Font tkfont; /* Value of -font option: specifies font
- * to use for display text. */
+ * Indicates how much interior stuff must be
+ * offset from outside edges to leave room for
+ * borders. */
+ Tk_Font tkfont; /* Value of -font option: specifies font to
+ * use for display text. */
XColor *normalFg; /* Value of -font option: specifies foreground
* color in normal mode. */
XColor *activeFg; /* Value of -activeforeground option:
- * foreground color in active mode. NULL
- * means use -foreground instead. */
+ * foreground color in active mode. NULL means
+ * use -foreground instead. */
XColor *disabledFg; /* Value of -disabledforeground option:
- * foreground color when disabled. NULL
- * means use normalFg with a 50% stipple
- * instead. */
+ * foreground color when disabled. NULL means
+ * use normalFg with a 50% stipple instead. */
GC normalTextGC; /* GC for drawing text in normal mode. Also
* used to copy from off-screen pixmap onto
* screen. */
@@ -168,8 +167,8 @@ typedef struct {
* means use normalTextGC). */
GC disabledGC; /* Used to produce disabled effect for text
* and check/radio marks. */
- GC stippleGC; /* Used to produce disabled stipple effect
- * for images when disabled. */
+ GC stippleGC; /* Used to produce disabled stipple effect for
+ * images when disabled. */
Pixmap gray; /* Pixmap for displaying disabled text if
* disabledFg is NULL. */
GC copyGC; /* Used for copying information from an
@@ -178,33 +177,33 @@ typedef struct {
int width; /* Integer value corresponding to widthPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *heightPtr; /* Value of -height option. */
int height; /* Integer value corresponding to heightPtr. */
- Tcl_Obj *wrapLengthPtr; /* Value of -wraplength option: specifies
- * line length (in pixels) at which to wrap
- * onto next line. <= 0 means don't wrap
- * except at newlines. */
+ Tcl_Obj *wrapLengthPtr; /* Value of -wraplength option: specifies line
+ * length (in pixels) at which to wrap onto
+ * next line. <= 0 means don't wrap except at
+ * newlines. */
int wrapLength; /* Integer value corresponding to
* wrapLengthPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *padXPtr; /* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
* pixels of extra space to leave on left and
- * right of text. Ignored for bitmaps and
+ * right of text. Ignored for bitmaps and
* images. */
int padX; /* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *padYPtr; /* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
* pixels of extra space to leave above and
- * below text. Ignored for bitmaps and
+ * below text. Ignored for bitmaps and
* images. */
int padY; /* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */
Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Value of -anchor option: specifies where
* text/bitmap should be displayed inside
* button region. */
- Tk_Justify justify; /* Value of -justify option: specifies how
- * to align lines of multi-line text. */
- int indicatorOn; /* Value of -indicatoron option: 1 means
- * draw indicator in checkbuttons and
- * radiobuttons, 0 means don't draw it. */
+ Tk_Justify justify; /* Value of -justify option: specifies how to
+ * align lines of multi-line text. */
+ int indicatorOn; /* Value of -indicatoron option: 1 means draw
+ * indicator in checkbuttons and radiobuttons,
+ * 0 means don't draw it. */
Tk_3DBorder selectBorder; /* Value of -selectcolor option: specifies
* color for drawing indicator background, or
- * perhaps widget background, when selected. */
+ * perhaps widget background, when selected */
int textWidth; /* Width needed to display text as requested,
* in pixels. */
int textHeight; /* Height needed to display text as requested,
@@ -215,30 +214,28 @@ typedef struct {
int indicatorDiameter; /* Diameter of indicator, in pixels. */
enum defaultState defaultState;
/* Value of -default option, such as
- * DEFAULT_NORMAL: specifies state
- * of default ring for buttons (normal,
- * active, or disabled). NULL for other
- * classes. */
+ * DEFAULT_NORMAL: specifies state of default
+ * ring for buttons (normal, active, or
+ * disabled). NULL for other classes. */
/*
- * For check and radio buttons, the fields below are used
- * to manage the variable indicating the button's state.
+ * For check and radio buttons, the fields below are used to manage the
+ * variable indicating the button's state.
*/
Tcl_Obj *selVarNamePtr; /* Value of -variable option: specifies name
- * of variable used to control selected
- * state of button. */
+ * of variable used to control selected state
+ * of button. */
Tcl_Obj *onValuePtr; /* Value of -offvalue option: specifies value
* to store in variable when this button is
* selected. */
Tcl_Obj *offValuePtr; /* Value of -offvalue option: specifies value
- * to store in variable when this button
- * isn't selected. Used only by
- * checkbuttons. */
- Tcl_Obj *tristateValuePtr; /* Value of -tristatevalue option: specifies value
- * to display Tristate or Multivalue mode when
- * variable matches this value. Used by check-
- * buttons. */
+ * to store in variable when this button isn't
+ * selected. Used only by checkbuttons. */
+ Tcl_Obj *tristateValuePtr; /* Value of -tristatevalue option: specifies
+ * value to display Tristate or Multivalue
+ * mode when variable matches this value.
+ * Used by check- buttons. */
/*
* Miscellaneous information:
@@ -246,31 +243,30 @@ typedef struct {
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Value of -cursor option: if not None,
* specifies current cursor for window. */
- Tcl_Obj *takeFocusPtr; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in
- * the C code, but used by keyboard traversal
+ Tcl_Obj *takeFocusPtr; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
+ * C code, but used by keyboard traversal
* scripts. */
- Tcl_Obj *commandPtr; /* Value of -command option: specifies script
- * to execute when button is invoked. If
- * widget is label or has no command, this
- * is NULL. */
- int compound; /* Value of -compound option; specifies whether
- * the button should show both an image and
- * text, and, if so, how. */
- int repeatDelay; /* Value of -repeatdelay option; specifies
- * the number of ms after which the button will
+ Tcl_Obj *commandPtr; /* Value of -command option: specifies script
+ * to execute when button is invoked. If
+ * widget is label or has no command, this is
+ * NULL. */
+ int compound; /* Value of -compound option; specifies
+ * whether the button should show both an
+ * image and text, and, if so, how. */
+ int repeatDelay; /* Value of -repeatdelay option; specifies the
+ * number of ms after which the button will
* start to auto-repeat its command. */
int repeatInterval; /* Value of -repeatinterval option; specifies
* the number of ms between auto-repeat
* invocataions of the button command. */
- int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
+ int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
} TkButton;
/*
- * Possible "type" values for buttons. These are the kinds of
- * widgets supported by this file. The ordering of the type
- * numbers is significant: greater means more features and is
- * used in the code.
+ * Possible "type" values for buttons. These are the kinds of widgets
+ * supported by this file. The ordering of the type numbers is significant:
+ * greater means more features and is used in the code.
*/
#define TYPE_LABEL 0
@@ -281,16 +277,14 @@ typedef struct {
/*
* Flag bits for buttons:
*
- * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler
- * has already been queued to redraw
- * this window.
- * SELECTED: Non-zero means this button is selected,
- * so special highlight should be drawn.
- * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this button currently
- * has the input focus.
+ * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
+ * already been queued to redraw this window.
+ * SELECTED: Non-zero means this button is selected, so
+ * special highlight should be drawn.
+ * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this button currently has the
+ * input focus.
* BUTTON_DELETED: Non-zero needs that this button has been
- * deleted, or is in the process of being
- * deleted.
+ * deleted, or is in the process of being deleted
*/
#define REDRAW_PENDING (1 << 0)
@@ -298,6 +292,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define GOT_FOCUS (1 << 2)
#define BUTTON_DELETED (1 << 3)
#define TRISTATED (1 << 4)
+
/*
* Declaration of variables shared between the files in the button module.
*/
@@ -305,26 +300,22 @@ typedef struct {
extern Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs;
/*
- * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the button
- * widget.
+ * Declaration of functions used in the implementation of the button widget.
*/
#ifndef TkpButtonSetDefaults
-EXTERN void TkpButtonSetDefaults _ANSI_ARGS_((
- Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr));
+EXTERN void TkpButtonSetDefaults(Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr);
#endif
-EXTERN void TkButtonWorldChanged _ANSI_ARGS_((
- ClientData instanceData));
-EXTERN void TkpComputeButtonGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
- TkButton *butPtr));
-EXTERN TkButton * TkpCreateButton _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin));
+EXTERN void TkButtonWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
+EXTERN void TkpComputeButtonGeometry(TkButton *butPtr);
+EXTERN TkButton * TkpCreateButton(Tk_Window tkwin);
#ifndef TkpDestroyButton
-EXTERN void TkpDestroyButton _ANSI_ARGS_((TkButton *butPtr));
+EXTERN void TkpDestroyButton(TkButton *butPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpDisplayButton
-EXTERN void TkpDisplayButton _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+EXTERN void TkpDisplayButton(ClientData clientData);
#endif
-EXTERN int TkInvokeButton _ANSI_ARGS_((TkButton *butPtr));
+EXTERN int TkInvokeButton(TkButton *butPtr);
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvBmap.c b/generic/tkCanvBmap.c
index cfef9b2..ad0b9cd 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvBmap.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvBmap.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvBmap.c --
*
* This file implements bitmap items for canvas widgets.
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
* Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvBmap.c,v 1.11 2005/02/11 19:30:09 hobbs Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvBmap.c,v 1.12 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -23,11 +23,10 @@
typedef struct BitmapItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
- * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
+ * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
double x, y; /* Coordinates of positioning point for
* bitmap. */
- Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to anchor bitmap relative to
- * (x,y). */
+ Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to anchor bitmap relative to (x,y) */
Pixmap bitmap; /* Bitmap to display in window. */
Pixmap activeBitmap; /* Bitmap to display in window. */
Pixmap disabledBitmap; /* Bitmap to display in window. */
@@ -37,8 +36,8 @@ typedef struct BitmapItem {
XColor *bgColor; /* Background color to use for bitmap. */
XColor *activeBgColor; /* Background color to use for bitmap. */
XColor *disabledBgColor; /* Background color to use for bitmap. */
- GC gc; /* Graphics context to use for drawing
- * bitmap on screen. */
+ GC gc; /* Graphics context to use for drawing bitmap
+ * on screen. */
} BitmapItem;
/*
@@ -55,96 +54,95 @@ static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activebackground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activebitmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activebitmap", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledbackground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBgColor),
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledbackground", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBgColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledbitmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBitmap),
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledbitmap", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBitmap),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor),
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
&stateOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * Prototypes for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static int BitmapCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static int BitmapCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int BitmapToArea _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
-static double BitmapToPoint _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr));
-static int BitmapToPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
-static void ComputeBitmapBbox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- BitmapItem *bmapPtr));
-static int ConfigureBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static int BitmapToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
+static double BitmapToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
+static int BitmapToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
+static void ComputeBitmapBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ BitmapItem *bmapPtr);
+static int ConfigureBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags));
-static int TkcCreateBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+static int TkcCreateBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void DeleteBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
-static void DisplayBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
+static void DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
- int x, int y, int width, int height));
-static void ScaleBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void ScaleBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
- double scaleX, double scaleY));
-static void TranslateBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
+ double scaleX, double scaleY);
+static void TranslateBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
+ double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
- * The structures below defines the bitmap item type in terms of
- * procedures that can be invoked by generic item code.
+ * The structures below defines the bitmap item type in terms of functions
+ * that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkBitmapType = {
- "bitmap", /* name */
- sizeof(BitmapItem), /* itemSize */
- TkcCreateBitmap, /* createProc */
- configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
- ConfigureBitmap, /* configureProc */
- BitmapCoords, /* coordProc */
- DeleteBitmap, /* deleteProc */
- DisplayBitmap, /* displayProc */
- TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
- BitmapToPoint, /* pointProc */
- BitmapToArea, /* areaProc */
- BitmapToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
- ScaleBitmap, /* scaleProc */
- TranslateBitmap, /* translateProc */
- (Tk_ItemIndexProc *) NULL, /* indexProc */
- (Tk_ItemCursorProc *) NULL, /* icursorProc */
- (Tk_ItemSelectionProc *) NULL, /* selectionProc */
- (Tk_ItemInsertProc *) NULL, /* insertProc */
- (Tk_ItemDCharsProc *) NULL, /* dTextProc */
- (Tk_ItemType *) NULL, /* nextPtr */
+ "bitmap", /* name */
+ sizeof(BitmapItem), /* itemSize */
+ TkcCreateBitmap, /* createProc */
+ configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
+ ConfigureBitmap, /* configureProc */
+ BitmapCoords, /* coordProc */
+ DeleteBitmap, /* deleteProc */
+ DisplayBitmap, /* displayProc */
+ TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
+ BitmapToPoint, /* pointProc */
+ BitmapToArea, /* areaProc */
+ BitmapToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
+ ScaleBitmap, /* scaleProc */
+ TranslateBitmap, /* translateProc */
+ NULL, /* indexProc */
+ NULL, /* icursorProc */
+ NULL, /* selectionProc */
+ NULL, /* insertProc */
+ NULL, /* dTextProc */
+ NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
@@ -152,14 +150,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkBitmapType = {
*
* TkcCreateBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to create a new bitmap
- * item in a canvas.
+ * This function is invoked to create a new bitmap item in a canvas.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in
- * creating the item, then an error message is left in
- * the interp's result; in this case itemPtr is left uninitialized,
- * so it can be safely freed by the caller.
+ * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in creating the
+ * item, then an error message is left in the interp's result; in this
+ * case itemPtr is left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
+ * caller.
*
* Side effects:
* A new bitmap item is created.
@@ -168,13 +165,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkBitmapType = {
*/
static int
-TkcCreateBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas to hold new item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Record to hold new item; header
- * has been initialized by caller. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+TkcCreateBitmap(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
+ * initialized by caller. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
@@ -200,8 +197,8 @@ TkcCreateBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
bmapPtr->gc = None;
/*
- * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
- * Only 1 (list) or 2 (x y) coords are allowed.
+ * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
+ * y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
@@ -221,7 +218,7 @@ TkcCreateBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
}
- error:
+ error:
DeleteBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -231,9 +228,8 @@ TkcCreateBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* BitmapCoords --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "coords" widget
- * command on bitmap items. See the user documentation for
- * details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "coords" widget command on
+ * bitmap items. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR, and sets the interp's result.
@@ -245,20 +241,19 @@ TkcCreateBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-BitmapCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item whose coordinates are to be
- * read or modified. */
- int objc; /* Number of coordinates supplied in
- * objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1,
- * x2, y2, ... */
+BitmapCoords(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
+ * modified. */
+ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
+
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(bmapPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(bmapPtr->y);
@@ -299,12 +294,12 @@ BitmapCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ConfigureBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to configure various aspects
- * of a bitmap item, such as its anchor position.
+ * This function is invoked to configure various aspects of a bitmap
+ * item, such as its anchor position.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then
- * an error message is left in the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then an error message
+ * is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Configuration information may be set for itemPtr.
@@ -313,13 +308,13 @@ BitmapCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-ConfigureBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Bitmap item to reconfigure. */
- int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
- int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+ConfigureBitmap(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Bitmap item to reconfigure. */
+ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
@@ -338,8 +333,8 @@ ConfigureBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
}
/*
- * A few of the options require additional processing, such as those
- * that determine the graphics context.
+ * A few of the options require additional processing, such as those that
+ * determine the graphics context.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -412,8 +407,8 @@ ConfigureBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*
* DeleteBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is called to clean up the data structure
- * associated with a bitmap item.
+ * This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
+ * a bitmap item.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -425,11 +420,10 @@ ConfigureBitmap(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*/
static void
-DeleteBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being deleted. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing window for
- * canvas. */
+DeleteBitmap(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
+ Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -470,27 +464,24 @@ DeleteBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display)
*
* ComputeBitmapBbox --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to compute the bounding box of
- * all the pixels that may be drawn as part of a bitmap item.
- * This procedure is where the child bitmap's placement is
- * computed.
+ * This function is invoked to compute the bounding box of all the pixels
+ * that may be drawn as part of a bitmap item. This function is where the
+ * child bitmap's placement is computed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header
- * for itemPtr.
+ * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
-ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- BitmapItem *bmapPtr; /* Item whose bbox is to be
- * recomputed. */
+ComputeBitmapBbox(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ BitmapItem *bmapPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
@@ -527,36 +518,36 @@ ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr)
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)), bitmap,
&width, &height);
switch (bmapPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- x -= width/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- x -= width;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- x -= width;
- y -= height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- x -= width;
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- x -= width/2;
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- y -= height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- x -= width/2;
- y -= height/2;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ x -= width/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ x -= width;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ x -= width;
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ x -= width;
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ x -= width/2;
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ x -= width/2;
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
}
/*
@@ -574,28 +565,27 @@ ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr)
*
* DisplayBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to draw a bitmap item in a given
- * drawable.
+ * This function is invoked to draw a bitmap item in a given drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation
- * information in canvas.
+ * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation information in
+ * canvas.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-DisplayBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to be displayed. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw item. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
- * item. */
- int x, y, width, height; /* Describes region of canvas that
- * must be redisplayed (not used). */
+DisplayBitmap(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
+ int x, int y, int width, int height)
+ /* Describes region of canvas that must be
+ * redisplayed (not used). */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
int bmapX, bmapY, bmapWidth, bmapHeight;
@@ -604,9 +594,8 @@ DisplayBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
/*
- * If the area being displayed doesn't cover the whole bitmap,
- * then only redisplay the part of the bitmap that needs
- * redisplay.
+ * If the area being displayed doesn't cover the whole bitmap, then only
+ * redisplay the part of the bitmap that needs redisplay.
*/
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
@@ -652,9 +641,9 @@ DisplayBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
&drawableX, &drawableY);
/*
- * Must modify the mask origin within the graphics context
- * to line up with the bitmap's origin (in order to make
- * bitmaps with "-background {}" work right).
+ * Must modify the mask origin within the graphics context to line up
+ * with the bitmap's origin (in order to make bitmaps with
+ * "-background {}" work right).
*/
XSetClipOrigin(display, bmapPtr->gc, drawableX - bmapX,
@@ -671,14 +660,14 @@ DisplayBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
*
* BitmapToPoint --
*
- * Computes the distance from a given point to a given
- * rectangle, in canvas units.
+ * Computes the distance from a given point to a given rectangle, in
+ * canvas units.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates
- * are coordPtr[0] and coordPtr[1] is inside the bitmap. If the
- * point isn't inside the bitmap then the return value is the
- * distance from the point to the bitmap.
+ * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates are
+ * coordPtr[0] and coordPtr[1] is inside the bitmap. If the point isn't
+ * inside the bitmap then the return value is the distance from the point
+ * to the bitmap.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -688,10 +677,10 @@ DisplayBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
-BitmapToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, coordPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against point. */
- double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
+BitmapToPoint(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
+ double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
@@ -729,14 +718,13 @@ BitmapToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, coordPtr)
*
* BitmapToArea --
*
- * This procedure is called to determine whether an item
- * lies entirely inside, entirely outside, or overlapping
- * a given rectangle.
+ * This function is called to determine whether an item lies entirely
+ * inside, entirely outside, or overlapping a given rectangle.
*
* Results:
- * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area
- * given by rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely
- * inside the given area.
+ * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area given by
+ * rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely inside the given
+ * area.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -746,12 +734,12 @@ BitmapToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, coordPtr)
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-BitmapToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against rectangle. */
- double *rectPtr; /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
- * (x1, y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular
- * area. */
+BitmapToArea(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
+ double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
+ * (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
+ * area. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -775,16 +763,16 @@ BitmapToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*
* ScaleBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to rescale a bitmap item in a
- * canvas. It is one of the standard item procedures for
- * bitmap items, and is invoked by the generic canvas code.
+ * This function is invoked to rescale a bitmap item in a canvas. It is
+ * one of the standard item functions for bitmap items, and is invoked by
+ * the generic canvas code.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The item referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the
- * following transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
+ * The item referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the following
+ * transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
* x' = originX + scaleX*(x-originX)
* y' = originY + scaleY*(y-originY)
*
@@ -792,12 +780,13 @@ BitmapToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*/
static void
-ScaleBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
- double originX, originY; /* Origin about which to scale item. */
- double scaleX; /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
- double scaleY; /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
+ScaleBitmap(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
+ double originX, double originY,
+ /* Origin about which to scale item. */
+ double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
+ double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -811,25 +800,24 @@ ScaleBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*
* TranslateBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is called to move an item by a given amount.
+ * This function is called to move an item by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The position of the item is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and
- * the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item
- * structure.
+ * The position of the item is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and the
+ * bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item structure.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TranslateBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being moved. */
- double deltaX, deltaY; /* Amount by which item is to be
- * moved. */
+TranslateBitmap(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being moved. */
+ double deltaX, double deltaY)
+ /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -843,15 +831,13 @@ TranslateBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*
* BitmapToPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * bitmap items.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for bitmap items.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in the interp's result, replacing whatever used to be there.
- * If no error occurs, then Postscript for the item is appended
- * to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in the interp's
+ * result, replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the item is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -860,15 +846,13 @@ TranslateBitmap(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*/
static int
-BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which Postscript is
- * wanted. */
- int prepass; /* 1 means this is a prepass to
- * collect font information; 0 means
- * final Postscript is being created. */
+BitmapToPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
+ int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
+ * information; 0 means final Postscript is
+ * being created. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x, y;
@@ -913,8 +897,8 @@ BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
}
/*
- * Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the bitmap,
- * taking into account the anchor position for the bitmp.
+ * Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the bitmap, taking
+ * into account the anchor position for the bitmp.
*/
x = bmapPtr->x;
@@ -922,15 +906,15 @@ BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)), bitmap,
&width, &height);
switch (bmapPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW: y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N: x -= width/2.0; y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x -= width; y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E: x -= width; y -= height/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW: y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N: x -= width/2.0; y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x -= width; y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E: x -= width; y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
/*
@@ -941,18 +925,18 @@ BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
sprintf(buffer,
"%.15g %.15g moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 %d rlineto %d %s\n",
x, y, width, height, -width, "0 rlineto closepath");
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, bgColor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
/*
- * Draw the bitmap, if there is a foreground color. If the bitmap
- * is very large, then chop it up into multiple bitmaps, each
- * consisting of one or more rows. This is needed because Postscript
- * can't handle single strings longer than 64 KBytes long.
+ * Draw the bitmap, if there is a foreground color. If the bitmap is very
+ * large, then chop it up into multiple bitmaps, each consisting of one or
+ * more rows. This is needed because Postscript can't handle single
+ * strings longer than 64 KBytes long.
*/
if (fgColor != NULL) {
@@ -962,8 +946,7 @@ BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
if (width > 60000) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't generate Postscript",
- " for bitmaps more than 60000 pixels wide",
- (char *) NULL);
+ " for bitmaps more than 60000 pixels wide", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
rowsAtOnce = 60000/width;
@@ -971,7 +954,7 @@ BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
rowsAtOnce = 1;
}
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g translate\n", x, y+height);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
for (curRow = 0; curRow < height; curRow += rowsAtOnce) {
rowsThisTime = rowsAtOnce;
if (rowsThisTime > (height - curRow)) {
@@ -979,13 +962,21 @@ BitmapToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
}
sprintf(buffer, "0 -%.15g translate\n%d %d true matrix {\n",
(double) rowsThisTime, width, rowsThisTime);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsBitmap(interp, canvas, bitmap,
0, curRow, width, rowsThisTime) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n} imagemask\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n} imagemask\n", NULL);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvImg.c b/generic/tkCanvImg.c
index eed7bb4..d4c4486 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvImg.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvImg.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvImg.c --
*
* This file implements image items for canvas widgets.
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
* Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvImg.c,v 1.8 2004/11/17 22:17:11 hobbs Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvImg.c,v 1.9 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -23,24 +23,24 @@
typedef struct ImageItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
- * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
+ * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing the image. */
double x, y; /* Coordinates of positioning point for
* image. */
- Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to anchor image relative to
- * (x,y). */
- char *imageString; /* String describing -image option (malloc-ed).
- * NULL means no image right now. */
+ Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to anchor image relative to (x,y). */
+ char *imageString; /* String describing -image option
+ * (malloc-ed). NULL means no image right
+ * now. */
char *activeImageString; /* String describing -activeimage option.
* NULL means no image right now. */
char *disabledImageString; /* String describing -disabledimage option.
* NULL means no image right now. */
- Tk_Image image; /* Image to display in window, or NULL if
- * no image at present. */
- Tk_Image activeImage; /* Image to display in window, or NULL if
- * no image at present. */
- Tk_Image disabledImage; /* Image to display in window, or NULL if
- * no image at present. */
+ Tk_Image image; /* Image to display in window, or NULL if no
+ * image at present. */
+ Tk_Image activeImage; /* Image to display in window, or NULL if no
+ * image at present. */
+ Tk_Image disabledImage; /* Image to display in window, or NULL if no
+ * image at present. */
} ImageItem;
/*
@@ -57,86 +57,81 @@ static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-activeimage", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, activeImageString),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-activeimage", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, activeImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(ImageItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-disabledimage", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, disabledImageString),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
- &stateOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-disabledimage", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, disabledImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * Prototypes for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static void ImageChangedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+static void ImageChangedProc(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
- int imgHeight));
-static int ImageCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ int imgHeight);
+static int ImageCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]));
-static int ImageToArea _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
-static double ImageToPoint _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr));
-static int ImageToPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
-static void ComputeImageBbox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- ImageItem *imgPtr));
-static int ConfigureImage _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]);
+static int ImageToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
+static double ImageToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
+static int ImageToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
+static void ComputeImageBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ImageItem *imgPtr);
+static int ConfigureImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], int flags));
-static int CreateImage _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], int flags);
+static int CreateImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]));
-static void DeleteImage _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
-static void DisplayImage _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]);
+static void DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
+static void DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
- int x, int y, int width, int height));
-static void ScaleImage _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void ScaleImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
- double scaleX, double scaleY));
-static void TranslateImage _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
+ double scaleX, double scaleY);
+static void TranslateImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
- * The structures below defines the image item type in terms of
- * procedures that can be invoked by generic item code.
+ * The structures below defines the image item type in terms of functions that
+ * can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkImageType = {
- "image", /* name */
- sizeof(ImageItem), /* itemSize */
- CreateImage, /* createProc */
- configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
- ConfigureImage, /* configureProc */
- ImageCoords, /* coordProc */
- DeleteImage, /* deleteProc */
- DisplayImage, /* displayProc */
- TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
- ImageToPoint, /* pointProc */
- ImageToArea, /* areaProc */
- ImageToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
- ScaleImage, /* scaleProc */
- TranslateImage, /* translateProc */
- (Tk_ItemIndexProc *) NULL, /* indexProc */
- (Tk_ItemCursorProc *) NULL, /* icursorProc */
- (Tk_ItemSelectionProc *) NULL, /* selectionProc */
- (Tk_ItemInsertProc *) NULL, /* insertProc */
- (Tk_ItemDCharsProc *) NULL, /* dTextProc */
- (Tk_ItemType *) NULL, /* nextPtr */
+ "image", /* name */
+ sizeof(ImageItem), /* itemSize */
+ CreateImage, /* createProc */
+ configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
+ ConfigureImage, /* configureProc */
+ ImageCoords, /* coordProc */
+ DeleteImage, /* deleteProc */
+ DisplayImage, /* displayProc */
+ TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
+ ImageToPoint, /* pointProc */
+ ImageToArea, /* areaProc */
+ ImageToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
+ ScaleImage, /* scaleProc */
+ TranslateImage, /* translateProc */
+ NULL, /* indexProc */
+ NULL, /* icursorProc */
+ NULL, /* selectionProc */
+ NULL, /* insertProc */
+ NULL, /* dTextProc */
+ NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
@@ -144,14 +139,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkImageType = {
*
* CreateImage --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to create a new image
- * item in a canvas.
+ * This function is invoked to create a new image item in a canvas.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in
- * creating the item, then an error message is left in
- * the interp's result; in this case itemPtr is left uninitialized,
- * so it can be safely freed by the caller.
+ * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in creating the
+ * item, then an error message is left in the interp's result; in this
+ * case itemPtr is left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
+ * caller.
*
* Side effects:
* A new image item is created.
@@ -160,13 +154,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkImageType = {
*/
static int
-CreateImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas to hold new item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Record to hold new item; header
- * has been initialized by caller. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+CreateImage(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
+ * initialized by caller. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
@@ -189,8 +183,8 @@ CreateImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
imgPtr->disabledImage = NULL;
/*
- * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
- * Only 1 (list) or 2 (x y) coords are allowed.
+ * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
+ * y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
@@ -209,7 +203,7 @@ CreateImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
}
- error:
+ error:
DeleteImage(canvas, itemPtr, Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -219,9 +213,8 @@ CreateImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ImageCoords --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "coords" widget
- * command on image items. See the user documentation for
- * details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "coords" widget command on
+ * image items. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR, and sets the interp's result.
@@ -233,20 +226,19 @@ CreateImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-ImageCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item whose coordinates are to be
- * read or modified. */
- int objc; /* Number of coordinates supplied in
- * objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1,
- * x2, y2, ... */
+ImageCoords(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
+ * modified. */
+ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
+
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(imgPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(imgPtr->y);
@@ -273,7 +265,7 @@ ImageCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr);
} else {
char buf[64];
-
+
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -286,12 +278,12 @@ ImageCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ConfigureImage --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to configure various aspects
- * of an image item, such as its anchor position.
+ * This function is invoked to configure various aspects of an image
+ * item, such as its anchor position.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then
- * an error message is left in the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then an error message
+ * is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Configuration information may be set for itemPtr.
@@ -300,13 +292,13 @@ ImageCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-ConfigureImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Image item to reconfigure. */
- int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
- int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+ConfigureImage(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Image item to reconfigure. */
+ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
@@ -319,10 +311,10 @@ ConfigureImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
}
/*
- * Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it
- * until after the new one is allocated. This keeps the reference
- * count from going to zero so the image doesn't have to be recreated
- * if it hasn't changed.
+ * Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until
+ * after the new one is allocated. This keeps the reference count from
+ * going to zero so the image doesn't have to be recreated if it hasn't
+ * changed.
*/
if (imgPtr->activeImageString != NULL) {
@@ -378,8 +370,8 @@ ConfigureImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*
* DeleteImage --
*
- * This procedure is called to clean up the data structure
- * associated with a image item.
+ * This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
+ * a image item.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -391,11 +383,10 @@ ConfigureImage(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*/
static void
-DeleteImage(canvas, itemPtr, display)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being deleted. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing window for
- * canvas. */
+DeleteImage(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
+ Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -424,27 +415,24 @@ DeleteImage(canvas, itemPtr, display)
*
* ComputeImageBbox --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to compute the bounding box of
- * all the pixels that may be drawn as part of a image item.
- * This procedure is where the child image's placement is
- * computed.
+ * This function is invoked to compute the bounding box of all the pixels
+ * that may be drawn as part of a image item. This function is where the
+ * child image's placement is computed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header
- * for itemPtr.
+ * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
-ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- ImageItem *imgPtr; /* Item whose bbox is to be
- * recomputed. */
+ComputeImageBbox(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ ImageItem *imgPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
@@ -480,36 +468,36 @@ ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr)
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, &width, &height);
switch (imgPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- x -= width/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- x -= width;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- x -= width;
- y -= height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- x -= width;
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- x -= width/2;
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- y -= height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- x -= width/2;
- y -= height/2;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ x -= width/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ x -= width;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ x -= width;
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ x -= width;
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ x -= width/2;
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ x -= width/2;
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
}
/*
@@ -527,35 +515,34 @@ ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr)
*
* DisplayImage --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to draw a image item in a given
- * drawable.
+ * This function is invoked to draw a image item in a given drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation
- * information in canvas.
+ * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation information in
+ * canvas.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-DisplayImage(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to be displayed. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw item. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
- * item. */
- int x, y, width, height; /* Describes region of canvas that
- * must be redisplayed (not used). */
+DisplayImage(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
+ int x, int y, int width, int height)
+ /* Describes region of canvas that must be
+ * redisplayed (not used). */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
- if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
+ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
@@ -589,14 +576,14 @@ DisplayImage(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
*
* ImageToPoint --
*
- * Computes the distance from a given point to a given
- * rectangle, in canvas units.
+ * Computes the distance from a given point to a given rectangle, in
+ * canvas units.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates
- * are coordPtr[0] and coordPtr[1] is inside the image. If the
- * point isn't inside the image then the return value is the
- * distance from the point to the image.
+ * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates are
+ * coordPtr[0] and coordPtr[1] is inside the image. If the point isn't
+ * inside the image then the return value is the distance from the point
+ * to the image.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -605,10 +592,10 @@ DisplayImage(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
*/
static double
-ImageToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, coordPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against point. */
- double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
+ImageToPoint(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
+ double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
@@ -646,14 +633,13 @@ ImageToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, coordPtr)
*
* ImageToArea --
*
- * This procedure is called to determine whether an item
- * lies entirely inside, entirely outside, or overlapping
- * a given rectangle.
+ * This function is called to determine whether an item lies entirely
+ * inside, entirely outside, or overlapping a given rectangle.
*
* Results:
- * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area
- * given by rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely
- * inside the given area.
+ * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area given by
+ * rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely inside the given
+ * area.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -662,12 +648,12 @@ ImageToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, coordPtr)
*/
static int
-ImageToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against rectangle. */
- double *rectPtr; /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
- * (x1, y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular
- * area. */
+ImageToArea(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
+ double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
+ * (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
+ * area. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -691,15 +677,13 @@ ImageToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*
* ImageToPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * image items.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for image items.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in interp->result, replacing whatever used to be there.
- * If no error occurs, then Postscript for the item is appended
- * to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in interp->result,
+ * replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the item is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -708,15 +692,13 @@ ImageToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*/
static int
-ImageToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which Postscript is
- * wanted. */
- int prepass; /* 1 means this is a prepass to
- * collect font information; 0 means
- * final Postscript is being created.*/
+ImageToPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
+ int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
+ * information; 0 means final Postscript is
+ * being created.*/
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *)itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasWin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
@@ -745,33 +727,34 @@ ImageToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
/*
* Image item without actual image specified.
*/
+
return TCL_OK;
}
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, &width, &height);
/*
- * Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the image,
- * taking into account the anchor position for the image.
+ * Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the image, taking
+ * into account the anchor position for the image.
*/
x = imgPtr->x;
y = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, imgPtr->y);
switch (imgPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW: y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N: x -= width/2.0; y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x -= width; y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E: x -= width; y -= height/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW: y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N: x -= width/2.0; y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x -= width; y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E: x -= width; y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
if (!prepass) {
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g", x, y);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, " translate\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, " translate\n", NULL);
}
return Tk_PostscriptImage(image, interp, canvasWin,
@@ -783,14 +766,14 @@ ImageToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
*
* ScaleImage --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to rescale an item.
+ * This function is invoked to rescale an item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The item referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the
- * following transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
+ * The item referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the following
+ * transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
* x' = originX + scaleX*(x-originX)
* y' = originY + scaleY*(y-originY)
*
@@ -798,12 +781,13 @@ ImageToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
*/
static void
-ScaleImage(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
- double originX, originY; /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
- double scaleX; /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
- double scaleY; /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
+ScaleImage(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
+ double originX, double originY,
+ /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
+ double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
+ double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -817,25 +801,24 @@ ScaleImage(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*
* TranslateImage --
*
- * This procedure is called to move an item by a given amount.
+ * This function is called to move an item by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The position of the item is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and
- * the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item
- * structure.
+ * The position of the item is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and the
+ * bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item structure.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TranslateImage(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being moved. */
- double deltaX, deltaY; /* Amount by which item is to be
- * moved. */
+TranslateImage(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being moved. */
+ double deltaX, double deltaY)
+ /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -849,9 +832,9 @@ TranslateImage(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*
* ImageChangedProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the image code whenever the manager
- * for an image does something that affects the image's size or
- * how it is displayed.
+ * This function is invoked by the image code whenever the manager for an
+ * image does something that affects the image's size or how it is
+ * displayed.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -863,21 +846,21 @@ TranslateImage(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*/
static void
-ImageChangedProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imgWidth, imgHeight)
- ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to canvas item for image. */
- int x, y; /* Upper left pixel (within image)
- * that must be redisplayed. */
- int width, height; /* Dimensions of area to redisplay
- * (may be <= 0). */
- int imgWidth, imgHeight; /* New dimensions of image. */
+ImageChangedProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas item for image. */
+ int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
+ * be redisplayed. */
+ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
+ * 0). */
+ int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) clientData;
/*
- * If the image's size changed and it's not anchored at its
- * northwest corner then just redisplay the entire area of the
- * image. This is a bit over-conservative, but we need to do
- * something because a size change also means a position change.
+ * If the image's size changed and it's not anchored at its northwest
+ * corner then just redisplay the entire area of the image. This is a bit
+ * over-conservative, but we need to do something because a size change
+ * also means a position change.
*/
if (((imgPtr->header.x2 - imgPtr->header.x1) != imgWidth)
@@ -887,9 +870,17 @@ ImageChangedProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imgWidth, imgHeight)
height = imgHeight;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(imgPtr->canvas, imgPtr->header.x1,
imgPtr->header.y1, imgPtr->header.x2, imgPtr->header.y2);
- }
+ }
ComputeImageBbox(imgPtr->canvas, imgPtr);
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(imgPtr->canvas, imgPtr->header.x1 + x,
imgPtr->header.y1 + y, (int) (imgPtr->header.x1 + x + width),
(int) (imgPtr->header.y1 + y + height));
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvLine.c b/generic/tkCanvLine.c
index a219b63..cd02c18 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvLine.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvLine.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvLine.c --
*
* This file implements line items for canvas widgets.
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvLine.c,v 1.16 2005/08/10 22:02:22 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvLine.c,v 1.17 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -28,21 +28,21 @@ typedef enum {
typedef struct LineItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
- * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
+ * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
Tk_Outline outline; /* Outline structure */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. Needed for
- * parsing arrow shapes. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. Needed for parsing
+ * arrow shapes. */
int numPoints; /* Number of points in line (always >= 0). */
- double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to malloc-ed array containing
- * x- and y-coords of all points in line.
+ double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to malloc-ed array containing x-
+ * and y-coords of all points in line.
* X-coords are even-valued indices, y-coords
* are corresponding odd-valued indices. If
- * the line has arrowheads then the first
- * and last points have been adjusted to refer
- * to the necks of the arrowheads rather than
- * their tips. The actual endpoints are
- * stored in the *firstArrowPtr and
- * *lastArrowPtr, if they exist. */
+ * the line has arrowheads then the first and
+ * last points have been adjusted to refer to
+ * the necks of the arrowheads rather than
+ * their tips. The actual endpoints are stored
+ * in the *firstArrowPtr and *lastArrowPtr, if
+ * they exist. */
int capStyle; /* Cap style for line. */
int joinStyle; /* Join style for line. */
GC arrowGC; /* Graphics context for drawing arrowheads. */
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ typedef struct LineItem {
* edge of shaft. */
double *firstArrowPtr; /* Points to array of PTS_IN_ARROW points
* describing polygon for arrowhead at first
- * point in line. First point of arrowhead
- * is tip. Malloc'ed. NULL means no arrowhead
- * at first point. */
+ * point in line. First point of arrowhead is
+ * tip. Malloc'ed. NULL means no arrowhead at
+ * first point. */
double *lastArrowPtr; /* Points to polygon for arrowhead at last
* point in line (PTS_IN_ARROW points, first
- * of which is tip). Malloc'ed. NULL means
- * no arrowhead at last point. */
+ * of which is tip). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
+ * arrowhead at last point. */
Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth; /* Non-zero means draw line smoothed (i.e.
* with Bezier splines). */
int splineSteps; /* Number of steps in each spline segment. */
@@ -74,65 +74,63 @@ typedef struct LineItem {
#define PTS_IN_ARROW 6
/*
- * Prototypes for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static int ArrowheadPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static int ArrowheadPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr,
- double *arrowPtr));
-static void ComputeLineBbox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- LineItem *linePtr));
-static int ConfigureLine _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ double *arrowPtr);
+static void ComputeLineBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr);
+static int ConfigureLine(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags));
-static int ConfigureArrows _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- LineItem *linePtr));
-static int CreateLine _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+static int ConfigureArrows(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr);
+static int CreateLine(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void DeleteLine _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
-static void DisplayLine _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void DeleteLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
+static void DisplayLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
- int x, int y, int width, int height));
-static int GetLineIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static int GetLineIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr));
-static int LineCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
+static int LineCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void LineDeleteCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last));
-static void LineInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj));
-static int LineToArea _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
-static double LineToPoint _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr));
-static int LineToPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
-static int ArrowParseProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void LineDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
+static void LineInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
+static int LineToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
+static double LineToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
+static int LineToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
+static int ArrowParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
- CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset));
-static char * ArrowPrintProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+ CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
+static char * ArrowPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
- Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr));
-static int ParseArrowShape _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
+static int ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
- CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset));
-static char * PrintArrowShape _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+ CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
+static char * PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
- Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr));
-static void ScaleLine _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
+static void ScaleLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
- double scaleX, double scaleY));
-static void TranslateLine _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
+ double scaleX, double scaleY);
+static void TranslateLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
- * Information used for parsing configuration specs. If you change any
- * of the default strings, be sure to change the corresponding default
- * values in CreateLine.
+ * Information used for parsing configuration specs. If you change any of the
+ * default strings, be sure to change the corresponding default values in
+ * CreateLine.
*/
static Tk_CustomOption arrowShapeOption = {
@@ -170,73 +168,65 @@ static Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeDash),
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeColor),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeStipple),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrow", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrow", NULL, NULL,
"none", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrow), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrowshape", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrowshape", NULL, NULL,
"8 10 3", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowShapeOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", NULL, NULL,
"butt", Tk_Offset(LineItem, capStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.dash),
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- "0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.offset),
- TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledDash),
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
+ "0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledColor),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledStipple),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
"round", Tk_Offset(LineItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, smooth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
"12", Tk_Offset(LineItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
- &stateOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.stipple),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * The structures below defines the line item type by means
- * of procedures that can be invoked by generic item code.
+ * The structures below defines the line item type by means of functions that
+ * can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkLineType = {
@@ -255,17 +245,17 @@ Tk_ItemType tkLineType = {
ScaleLine, /* scaleProc */
TranslateLine, /* translateProc */
(Tk_ItemIndexProc *) GetLineIndex, /* indexProc */
- (Tk_ItemCursorProc *) NULL, /* icursorProc */
- (Tk_ItemSelectionProc *) NULL, /* selectionProc */
+ NULL, /* icursorProc */
+ NULL, /* selectionProc */
(Tk_ItemInsertProc *) LineInsert, /* insertProc */
LineDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
- (Tk_ItemType *) NULL, /* nextPtr */
+ NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
- * The definition below determines how large are static arrays
- * used to hold spline points (splines larger than this have to
- * have their arrays malloc-ed).
+ * The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
+ * spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
+ * malloc-ed).
*/
#define MAX_STATIC_POINTS 200
@@ -275,14 +265,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkLineType = {
*
* CreateLine --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to create a new line item in
- * a canvas.
+ * This function is invoked to create a new line item in a canvas.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in
- * creating the item, then an error message is left in
- * the interp's result; in this case itemPtr is left uninitialized,
- * so it can be safely freed by the caller.
+ * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in creating the
+ * item, then an error message is left in the interp's result; in this
+ * case itemPtr is left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
+ * caller.
*
* Side effects:
* A new line item is created.
@@ -291,13 +280,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkLineType = {
*/
static int
-CreateLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas to hold new item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Record to hold new item; header
- * has been initialized by caller. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing line. */
+CreateLine(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
+ * initialized by caller. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing line. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
@@ -307,9 +296,8 @@ CreateLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
}
/*
- * Carry out initialization that is needed to set defaults and to
- * allow proper cleanup after errors during the the remainder of
- * this procedure.
+ * Carry out initialization that is needed to set defaults and to allow
+ * proper cleanup after errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
Tk_CreateOutline(&(linePtr->outline));
@@ -325,17 +313,18 @@ CreateLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
linePtr->arrowShapeC = (float)3.0;
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
- linePtr->smooth = (Tk_SmoothMethod *) NULL;
+ linePtr->smooth = NULL;
linePtr->splineSteps = 12;
/*
- * Count the number of points and then parse them into a point
- * array. Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they
- * start with a digit or a minus sign followed by a digit.
+ * Count the number of points and then parse them into a point array.
+ * Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they start with a digit
+ * or a minus sign followed by a digit.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
break;
}
@@ -347,7 +336,7 @@ CreateLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
}
- error:
+ error:
DeleteLine(canvas, itemPtr, Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -357,9 +346,8 @@ CreateLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* LineCoords --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "coords" widget
- * command on lines. See the user documentation for details
- * on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "coords" widget command on
+ * lines. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR, and sets the interp's result.
@@ -371,15 +359,13 @@ CreateLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-LineCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item whose coordinates are to be
- * read or modified. */
- int objc; /* Number of coordinates supplied in
- * objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1,
- * x2, y2, ... */
+LineCoords(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
+ * modified. */
+ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int i, numPoints;
@@ -416,20 +402,22 @@ LineCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
}
if (objc & 1) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
+
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected an even number, got %d",
objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc < 4) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
+
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected at least 4, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
numPoints = objc/2;
if (linePtr->numPoints != numPoints) {
- coordPtr = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
- (sizeof(double) * objc));
+ coordPtr = (double *)
+ ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(double) * objc));
if (linePtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->coordPtr);
}
@@ -470,28 +458,28 @@ LineCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ConfigureLine --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to configure various aspects
- * of a line item such as its background color.
+ * This function is invoked to configure various aspects of a line item
+ * such as its background color.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then
- * an error message is left in the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then an error message
+ * is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
- * Configuration information, such as colors and stipple
- * patterns, may be set for itemPtr.
+ * Configuration information, such as colors and stipple patterns, may be
+ * set for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
-ConfigureLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Line item to reconfigure. */
- int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
- int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+ConfigureLine(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to reconfigure. */
+ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
@@ -507,8 +495,8 @@ ConfigureLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
}
/*
- * A few of the options require additional processing, such as
- * graphics contexts.
+ * A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
+ * contexts.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -565,9 +553,8 @@ ConfigureLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
}
/*
- * Setup arrowheads, if needed. If arrowheads are turned off,
- * restore the line's endpoints (they were shortened when the
- * arrowheads were added).
+ * Setup arrowheads, if needed. If arrowheads are turned off, restore the
+ * line's endpoints (they were shortened when the arrowheads were added).
*/
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST)
@@ -605,8 +592,8 @@ ConfigureLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*
* DeleteLine --
*
- * This procedure is called to clean up the data structure
- * associated with a line item.
+ * This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
+ * a line item.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -618,11 +605,10 @@ ConfigureLine(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*/
static void
-DeleteLine(canvas, itemPtr, display)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being deleted. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing window for
- * canvas. */
+DeleteLine(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
+ Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -646,24 +632,22 @@ DeleteLine(canvas, itemPtr, display)
*
* ComputeLineBbox --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to compute the bounding box of
- * all the pixels that may be drawn as part of a line.
+ * This function is invoked to compute the bounding box of all the pixels
+ * that may be drawn as part of a line.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header
- * for itemPtr.
+ * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- LineItem *linePtr; /* Item whose bbos is to be
- * recomputed. */
+ComputeLineBbox(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ LineItem *linePtr) /* Item whose bbos is to be recomputed. */
{
double *coordPtr;
int i, intWidth;
@@ -699,13 +683,12 @@ ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr)
linePtr->header.y1 = linePtr->header.y2 = (int) coordPtr[1];
/*
- * Compute the bounding box of all the points in the line,
- * then expand in all directions by the line's width to take
- * care of butting or rounded corners and projecting or
- * rounded caps. This expansion is an overestimate (worst-case
- * is square root of two over two) but it's simple. Don't do
- * anything special for curves. This causes an additional
- * overestimate in the bounding box, but is faster.
+ * Compute the bounding box of all the points in the line, then expand in
+ * all directions by the line's width to take care of butting or rounded
+ * corners and projecting or rounded caps. This expansion is an
+ * overestimate (worst-case is square root of two over two) but it's
+ * simple. eDon't do anything special for curves. This causes an
+ * additional overestimate in the bounding box, but is faster.
*/
for (i = 1, coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr+2; i < linePtr->numPoints;
@@ -774,9 +757,9 @@ ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr)
}
/*
- * For mitered lines, make a second pass through all the points.
- * Compute the locations of the two miter vertex points and add
- * those into the bounding box.
+ * For mitered lines, make a second pass through all the points. Compute
+ * the locations of the two miter vertex points and add those into the
+ * bounding box.
*/
if (linePtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
@@ -784,7 +767,7 @@ ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr)
i--, coordPtr += 2) {
double miter[4];
int j;
-
+
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
width, miter, miter+2)) {
for (j = 0; j < 4; j += 2) {
@@ -814,8 +797,8 @@ ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr)
}
/*
- * Add one more pixel of fudge factor just to be safe (e.g.
- * X may round differently than we do).
+ * Add one more pixel of fudge factor just to be safe (e.g. X may round
+ * differently than we do).
*/
linePtr->header.x1 -= 1;
@@ -829,28 +812,27 @@ ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr)
*
* DisplayLine --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to draw a line item in a given
- * drawable.
+ * This function is invoked to draw a line item in a given drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation
- * information in canvas.
+ * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation information in
+ * canvas.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-DisplayLine(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to be displayed. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw item. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
- * item. */
- int x, y, width, height; /* Describes region of canvas that
- * must be redisplayed (not used). */
+DisplayLine(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
+ int x, int y, int width, int height)
+ /* Describes region of canvas that must be
+ * redisplayed (not used). */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
XPoint staticPoints[MAX_STATIC_POINTS*3];
@@ -877,16 +859,15 @@ DisplayLine(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
}
}
/*
- * Build up an array of points in screen coordinates. Use a
- * static array unless the line has an enormous number of points;
- * in this case, dynamically allocate an array. For smoothed lines,
- * generate the curve points on each redisplay.
+ * Build up an array of points in screen coordinates. Use a static array
+ * unless the line has an enormous number of points; in this case,
+ * dynamically allocate an array. For smoothed lines, generate the curve
+ * points on each redisplay.
*/
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
- numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
}
@@ -899,18 +880,17 @@ DisplayLine(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, pointPtr,
- (double *) NULL);
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, pointPtr, NULL);
} else {
numPoints = TkCanvTranslatePath((TkCanvas*)canvas, numPoints,
linePtr->coordPtr, 0, pointPtr);
}
/*
- * Display line, the free up line storage if it was dynamically
- * allocated. If we're stippling, then modify the stipple offset
- * in the GC. Be sure to reset the offset when done, since the
- * GC is supposed to be read-only.
+ * Display line, the free up line storage if it was dynamically allocated.
+ * If we're stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure
+ * to reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be
+ * read-only.
*/
if (Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(linePtr->outline))) {
@@ -966,12 +946,12 @@ DisplayLine(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
*/
static void
-LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing text item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Line item to be modified. */
- int beforeThis; /* Index before which new coordinates
- * are to be inserted. */
- Tcl_Obj *obj; /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
+LineInsert(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
+ int beforeThis, /* Index before which new coordinates are to
+ * be inserted. */
+ Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int length, objc, i;
@@ -983,7 +963,7 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
- if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
+ if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| !objc || objc&1) {
return;
}
@@ -1007,7 +987,7 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
new[i] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
for(i=0; i<objc; i++) {
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj((Tcl_Interp *) NULL,objv[i],
+ if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,objv[i],
new+(i+beforeThis))!=TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp);
ckfree((char *) new);
@@ -1024,13 +1004,14 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
if ((length>3) && (state != TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
- * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part
- * of the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping
- * with that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that
- * instructs the general canvas code not to redraw the whole
- * object. If this flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing,
- * otherwise I have to do it here.
+ * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
+ * the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
+ * that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
+ * the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
+ * flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have
+ * to do it here.
*/
+
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
if (beforeThis>0) {beforeThis -= 2; objc+=2; }
@@ -1046,14 +1027,20 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[beforeThis];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[beforeThis+1];
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis<1)) {
- /* include old first arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include old first arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && ((beforeThis+objc)>=length)) {
- /* include old last arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include old last arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
@@ -1081,14 +1068,20 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
double width;
int intWidth;
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis>2)) {
- /* include new first arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include new first arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
- if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && ((beforeThis+objc)<(length-2))) {
- /* include new right arrow */
+ if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis+objc < length-2)) {
+ /*
+ * Include new right arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
@@ -1096,13 +1089,13 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
- if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
- width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
- }
+ if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
+ width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
+ }
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
- if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
- width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
- }
+ if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
+ width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
+ }
}
intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
if (intWidth < 1) {
@@ -1128,18 +1121,18 @@ LineInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Characters between "first" and "last", inclusive, get
- * deleted from itemPtr.
+ * Characters between "first" and "last", inclusive, get deleted from
+ * itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-LineDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item in which to delete characters. */
- int first; /* Index of first character to delete. */
- int last; /* Index of last character to delete. */
+LineDeleteCoords(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
+ int first, /* Index of first character to delete. */
+ int last) /* Index of last character to delete. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int count, i, first1, last1;
@@ -1181,26 +1174,32 @@ LineDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
if((first1<2) && (last1 >= length-2)) {
/*
- * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part
- * of the line that changed (and the objects that are overlapping
- * with that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that
- * instructs the general canvas code not to redraw the whole
- * object. If this flag is set, the redrawing has to be done here,
- * otherwise the general Canvas code will take care of it.
+ * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
+ * the line that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
+ * that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
+ * the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
+ * flag is set, the redrawing has to be done here, otherwise the
+ * general Canvas code will take care of it.
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[first1];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[first1+1];
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (first1<2)) {
- /* include old first arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include old first arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (last1>=length-2)) {
- /* include old last arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include old last arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
@@ -1232,15 +1231,22 @@ LineDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
if(itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
double width;
int intWidth;
+
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (first1<4)) {
- /* include new first arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include new first arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (last1>(length-4))) {
- /* include new right arrow */
+ /*
+ * Include new right arrow.
+ */
+
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
@@ -1273,14 +1279,14 @@ LineDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
*
* LineToPoint --
*
- * Computes the distance from a given point to a given
- * line, in canvas units.
+ * Computes the distance from a given point to a given line, in canvas
+ * units.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates
- * are pointPtr[0] and pointPtr[1] is inside the line. If the
- * point isn't inside the line then the return value is the
- * distance from the point to the line.
+ * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates are
+ * pointPtr[0] and pointPtr[1] is inside the line. If the point isn't
+ * inside the line then the return value is the distance from the point
+ * to the line.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1302,15 +1308,15 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
double poly[10];
double bestDist, dist, width;
int numPoints, count;
- int changedMiterToBevel; /* Non-zero means that a mitered corner
- * had to be treated as beveled after all
- * because the angle was < 11 degrees. */
+ int changedMiterToBevel; /* Non-zero means that a mitered corner had to
+ * be treated as beveled after all because the
+ * angle was < 11 degrees. */
bestDist = 1.0e36;
/*
- * Handle smoothed lines by generating an expanded set of points
- * against which to do the check.
+ * Handle smoothed lines by generating an expanded set of points against
+ * which to do the check.
*/
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
@@ -1329,9 +1335,8 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
- numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
linePoints = staticSpace;
} else {
@@ -1339,8 +1344,7 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
(2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- linePoints);
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, linePoints);
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
linePoints = linePtr->coordPtr;
@@ -1353,26 +1357,25 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
if (!numPoints || itemPtr->state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
return bestDist;
} else if (numPoints == 1) {
- bestDist = hypot(linePoints[0] - pointPtr[0], linePoints[1] - pointPtr[1])
- - width/2.0;
+ bestDist = hypot(linePoints[0]-pointPtr[0], linePoints[1]-pointPtr[1])
+ - width/2.0;
if (bestDist < 0) bestDist = 0;
return bestDist;
}
/*
- * The overall idea is to iterate through all of the edges of
- * the line, computing a polygon for each edge and testing the
- * point against that polygon. In addition, there are additional
- * tests to deal with rounded joints and caps.
+ * The overall idea is to iterate through all of the edges of the line,
+ * computing a polygon for each edge and testing the point against that
+ * polygon. In addition, there are additional tests to deal with rounded
+ * joints and caps.
*/
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
for (count = numPoints, coordPtr = linePoints; count >= 2;
count--, coordPtr += 2) {
-
/*
- * If rounding is done around the first point then compute
- * the distance between the point and the point.
+ * If rounding is done around the first point then compute the
+ * distance between the point and the point.
*/
if (((linePtr->capStyle == CapRound) && (count == numPoints))
@@ -1389,9 +1392,9 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
/*
- * Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge,
- * consisting of two points for the first point of the edge
- * and two points for the last point of the edge.
+ * Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge, consisting
+ * of two points for the first point of the edge and two points for
+ * the last point of the edge.
*/
if (count == numPoints) {
@@ -1403,14 +1406,13 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
poly[2] = poly[4];
poly[3] = poly[5];
} else {
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, width, 0,
- poly, poly+2);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, width, 0, poly, poly+2);
/*
- * If this line uses beveled joints, then check the distance
- * to a polygon comprising the last two points of the previous
- * polygon and the first two from this polygon; this checks
- * the wedges that fill the mitered joint.
+ * If this line uses beveled joints, then check the distance to a
+ * polygon comprising the last two points of the previous polygon
+ * and the first two from this polygon; this checks the wedges
+ * that fill the mitered joint.
*/
if ((linePtr->joinStyle == JoinBevel) || changedMiterToBevel) {
@@ -1433,8 +1435,8 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
width, poly+4, poly+6) == 0) {
changedMiterToBevel = 1;
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width,
- 0, poly+4, poly+6);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0,
+ poly+4, poly+6);
}
} else {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0,
@@ -1452,8 +1454,8 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
/*
- * If caps are rounded, check the distance to the cap around the
- * final end point of the line.
+ * If caps are rounded, check the distance to the cap around the final end
+ * point of the line.
*/
if (linePtr->capStyle == CapRound) {
@@ -1494,7 +1496,7 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
}
- done:
+ done:
if ((linePoints != staticSpace) && (linePoints != linePtr->coordPtr)) {
ckfree((char *) linePoints);
}
@@ -1506,14 +1508,12 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*
* LineToArea --
*
- * This procedure is called to determine whether an item
- * lies entirely inside, entirely outside, or overlapping
- * a given rectangular area.
+ * This function is called to determine whether an item lies entirely
+ * inside, entirely outside, or overlapping a given rectangular area.
*
* Results:
- * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the
- * area, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely
- * inside the given area.
+ * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area, 0 if it
+ * overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely inside the given area.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1523,10 +1523,10 @@ LineToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against line. */
- double *rectPtr;
+LineToArea(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against line. */
+ double *rectPtr)
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
double staticSpace[2*MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
@@ -1555,6 +1555,7 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
return -1;
} else if (linePtr->numPoints == 1) {
double oval[4];
+
oval[0] = linePtr->coordPtr[0]-radius;
oval[1] = linePtr->coordPtr[1]-radius;
oval[2] = linePtr->coordPtr[0]+radius;
@@ -1563,14 +1564,13 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
}
/*
- * Handle smoothed lines by generating an expanded set of points
- * against which to do the check.
+ * Handle smoothed lines by generating an expanded set of points against
+ * which to do the check.
*/
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
- numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
linePoints = staticSpace;
} else {
@@ -1578,8 +1578,7 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
(2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- linePoints);
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, linePoints);
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
linePoints = linePtr->coordPtr;
@@ -1593,7 +1592,7 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
width = 1.0;
}
- result = TkThickPolyLineToArea(linePoints, numPoints,
+ result = TkThickPolyLineToArea(linePoints, numPoints,
width, linePtr->capStyle, linePtr->joinStyle,
rectPtr);
if (result == 0) {
@@ -1621,7 +1620,7 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
}
}
- done:
+ done:
if ((linePoints != staticSpace) && (linePoints != linePtr->coordPtr)) {
ckfree((char *) linePoints);
}
@@ -1633,15 +1632,14 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*
* ScaleLine --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to rescale a line item.
+ * This function is invoked to rescale a line item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The line referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the
- * following transformation is applied to all point
- * coordinates:
+ * The line referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the following
+ * transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
* x' = originX + scaleX*(x-originX)
* y' = originY + scaleY*(y-originY)
*
@@ -1649,20 +1647,21 @@ LineToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*/
static void
-ScaleLine(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing line. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Line to be scaled. */
- double originX, originY; /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
- double scaleX; /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
- double scaleY; /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
+ScaleLine(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing line. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line to be scaled. */
+ double originX, double originY,
+ /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
+ double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
+ double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
double *coordPtr;
int i;
/*
- * Delete any arrowheads before scaling all the points (so that
- * the end-points of the line get restored).
+ * Delete any arrowheads before scaling all the points (so that the
+ * end-points of the line get restored).
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
@@ -1696,14 +1695,13 @@ ScaleLine(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*
* GetLineIndex --
*
- * Parse an index into a line item and return either its value
- * or an error.
+ * Parse an index into a line item and return either its value or an
+ * error.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is
- * filled in with the index (into itemPtr) corresponding to
- * string. Otherwise an error message is left in
- * interp->result.
+ * A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is filled in
+ * with the index (into itemPtr) corresponding to string. Otherwise an
+ * error message is left in interp->result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1712,14 +1710,14 @@ ScaleLine(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*/
static int
-GetLineIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which the index is being
+GetLineIndex(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
- Tcl_Obj *obj; /* Specification of a particular coord
- * in itemPtr's line. */
- int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted index. */
+ Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
+ * itemPtr's line. */
+ int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int length;
@@ -1729,16 +1727,14 @@ GetLineIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
if (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
} else {
- badIndex:
-
/*
- * Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result,
- * so we have to clear it out before storing our own message.
+ * Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result, so we
+ * have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *) NULL);
+ badIndex:
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
@@ -1771,7 +1767,7 @@ GetLineIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, obj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
- *indexPtr &= -2; /* if index is odd, make it even */
+ *indexPtr &= -2; /* if index is odd, make it even */
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > (2*linePtr->numPoints)) {
@@ -1786,25 +1782,24 @@ GetLineIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
*
* TranslateLine --
*
- * This procedure is called to move a line by a given amount.
+ * This function is called to move a line by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The position of the line is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and
- * the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item
- * structure.
+ * The position of the line is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and the
+ * bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item structure.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TranslateLine(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being moved. */
- double deltaX, deltaY; /* Amount by which item is to be
- * moved. */
+TranslateLine(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being moved. */
+ double deltaX, double deltaY)
+ /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
double *coordPtr;
@@ -1837,13 +1832,13 @@ TranslateLine(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*
* ParseArrowShape --
*
- * This procedure is called back during option parsing to
- * parse arrow shape information.
+ * This function is called back during option parsing to parse arrow
+ * shape information.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result: TCL_OK means
- * that the arrow shape information was parsed ok, and
- * TCL_ERROR means it couldn't be parsed.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result: TCL_OK means that the arrow
+ * shape information was parsed ok, and TCL_ERROR means it couldn't be
+ * parsed.
*
* Side effects:
* Arrow information in recordPtr is updated.
@@ -1853,14 +1848,14 @@ TranslateLine(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-ParseArrowShape(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, recordPtr, offset)
- ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Not used. */
- CONST char *value; /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
- char *recordPtr; /* Pointer to item record in which to
- * store arrow information. */
- int offset; /* Offset of shape information in widget
+ParseArrowShape(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Not used. */
+ CONST char *value, /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
+ char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record in which to store
+ * arrow information. */
+ int offset) /* Offset of shape information in widget
* record. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
@@ -1876,7 +1871,7 @@ ParseArrowShape(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, recordPtr, offset)
syntaxError:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad arrow shape \"", value,
- "\": must be list with three numbers", (char *) NULL);
+ "\": must be list with three numbers", NULL);
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
@@ -1904,8 +1899,8 @@ ParseArrowShape(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, recordPtr, offset)
*
* PrintArrowShape --
*
- * This procedure is a callback invoked by the configuration
- * code to return a printable value describing an arrow shape.
+ * This function is a callback invoked by the configuration code to
+ * return a printable value describing an arrow shape.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1918,14 +1913,14 @@ ParseArrowShape(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, recordPtr, offset)
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
-PrintArrowShape(clientData, tkwin, recordPtr, offset, freeProcPtr)
- ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window associated with linePtr's widget. */
- char *recordPtr; /* Pointer to item record containing current
+PrintArrowShape(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window associated with linePtr's widget. */
+ char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record containing current
* shape information. */
- int offset; /* Offset of arrow information in record. */
- Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Store address of procedure to call to
- * free string here. */
+ int offset, /* Offset of arrow information in record. */
+ Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Store address of function to call to free
+ * string here. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
char *buffer;
@@ -1943,27 +1938,27 @@ PrintArrowShape(clientData, tkwin, recordPtr, offset, freeProcPtr)
*
* ArrowParseProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked during option processing to handle
- * the "-arrow" option.
+ * This function is invoked during option processing to handle the
+ * "-arrow" option.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl return value.
*
* Side effects:
- * The arrow for a given item gets replaced by the arrow
- * indicated in the value argument.
+ * The arrow for a given item gets replaced by the arrow indicated in the
+ * value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
-ArrowParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widgRec, offset)
- ClientData clientData; /* some flags.*/
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for reporting errors. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window containing canvas widget. */
- CONST char *value; /* Value of option. */
- char *widgRec; /* Pointer to record for item. */
- int offset; /* Offset into item. */
+ArrowParseProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
+ CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */
+ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
+ int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
@@ -1995,9 +1990,8 @@ ArrowParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widgRec, offset)
return TCL_OK;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad arrow spec \"", value,
- "\": must be none, first, last, or both",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad arrow spec \"", value,
+ "\": must be none, first, last, or both", NULL);
*arrowPtr = ARROWS_NONE;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -2007,16 +2001,15 @@ ArrowParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widgRec, offset)
*
* ArrowPrintProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk configuration code
- * to produce a printable string for the "-arrow"
- * configuration option.
+ * This function is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
+ * printable string for the "-arrow" configuration option.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a string describing the arrows for
- * the item referred to by "widgRec". In addition, *freeProcPtr
- * is filled in with the address of a procedure to call to free
- * the result string when it's no longer needed (or NULL to
- * indicate that the string doesn't need to be freed).
+ * The return value is a string describing the arrows for the item
+ * referred to by "widgRec". In addition, *freeProcPtr is filled in with
+ * the address of a function to call to free the result string when it's
+ * no longer needed (or NULL to indicate that the string doesn't need to
+ * be freed).
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -2025,25 +2018,25 @@ ArrowParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widgRec, offset)
*/
static char *
-ArrowPrintProc(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr)
- ClientData clientData; /* Ignored. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window containing canvas widget. */
- char *widgRec; /* Pointer to record for item. */
- int offset; /* Offset into item. */
- Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
- * information about how to reclaim
- * storage for return string. */
+ArrowPrintProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
+ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
+ int offset, /* Offset into item. */
+ Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
+ * information about how to reclaim storage
+ * for return string. */
{
register Arrows *arrowPtr = (Arrows *) (widgRec + offset);
switch (*arrowPtr) {
- case ARROWS_FIRST:
+ case ARROWS_FIRST:
return "first";
- case ARROWS_LAST:
+ case ARROWS_LAST:
return "last";
- case ARROWS_BOTH:
+ case ARROWS_BOTH:
return "both";
- default:
+ default:
return "none";
}
}
@@ -2053,40 +2046,38 @@ ArrowPrintProc(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr)
*
* ConfigureArrows --
*
- * If arrowheads have been requested for a line, this
- * procedure makes arrangements for the arrowheads.
+ * If arrowheads have been requested for a line, this function makes
+ * arrangements for the arrowheads.
*
* Results:
* Always returns TCL_OK.
*
* Side effects:
- * Information in linePtr is set up for one or two arrowheads.
- * the firstArrowPtr and lastArrowPtr polygons are allocated
- * and initialized, if need be, and the end points of the line
- * are adjusted so that a thick line doesn't stick out past
- * the arrowheads.
+ * Information in linePtr is set up for one or two arrowheads. The
+ * firstArrowPtr and lastArrowPtr polygons are allocated and initialized,
+ * if need be, and the end points of the line are adjusted so that a
+ * thick line doesn't stick out past the arrowheads.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas in which arrows will be
- * displayed (interp and tkwin
- * fields are needed). */
- LineItem *linePtr; /* Item to configure for arrows. */
+ConfigureArrows(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas in which arrows will be displayed
+ * (interp and tkwin fields are needed). */
+ LineItem *linePtr) /* Item to configure for arrows. */
{
double *poly, *coordPtr;
double dx, dy, length, sinTheta, cosTheta, temp;
- double fracHeight; /* Line width as fraction of
- * arrowhead width. */
- double backup; /* Distance to backup end points
- * so the line ends in the middle
- * of the arrowhead. */
- double vertX, vertY; /* Position of arrowhead vertex. */
- double shapeA, shapeB, shapeC; /* Adjusted coordinates (see
- * explanation below). */
+ double fracHeight; /* Line width as fraction of arrowhead
+ * width. */
+ double backup; /* Distance to backup end points so the line
+ * ends in the middle of the arrowhead. */
+ double vertX, vertY; /* Position of arrowhead vertex. */
+ double shapeA, shapeB, shapeC;
+ /* Adjusted coordinates (see explanation
+ * below). */
double width;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
@@ -2110,10 +2101,10 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
}
/*
- * The code below makes a tiny increase in the shape parameters
- * for the line. This is a bit of a hack, but it seems to result
- * in displays that more closely approximate the specified parameters.
- * Without the adjustment, the arrows come out smaller than expected.
+ * The code below makes a tiny increase in the shape parameters for the
+ * line. This is a bit of a hack, but it seems to result in displays that
+ * more closely approximate the specified parameters. Without the
+ * adjustment, the arrows come out smaller than expected.
*/
shapeA = linePtr->arrowShapeA + 0.001;
@@ -2121,9 +2112,9 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
shapeC = linePtr->arrowShapeC + width/2.0 + 0.001;
/*
- * If there's an arrowhead on the first point of the line, compute
- * its polygon and adjust the first point of the line so that the
- * line doesn't stick out past the leading edge of the arrowhead.
+ * If there's an arrowhead on the first point of the line, compute its
+ * polygon and adjust the first point of the line so that the line doesn't
+ * stick out past the leading edge of the arrowhead.
*/
fracHeight = (width/2.0)/shapeC;
@@ -2160,9 +2151,8 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
poly[7] = poly[9]*fracHeight + vertY*(1.0-fracHeight);
/*
- * Polygon done. Now move the first point towards the second so
- * that the corners at the end of the line are inside the
- * arrowhead.
+ * Polygon done. Now move the first point towards the second so that
+ * the corners at the end of the line are inside the arrowhead.
*/
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = poly[0] - backup*cosTheta;
@@ -2177,8 +2167,8 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr + 2*(linePtr->numPoints-2);
poly = linePtr->lastArrowPtr;
if (poly == NULL) {
- poly = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
- (2*PTS_IN_ARROW*sizeof(double)));
+ poly = (double *)
+ ckalloc((unsigned) (2*PTS_IN_ARROW*sizeof(double)));
poly[0] = poly[10] = coordPtr[2];
poly[1] = poly[11] = coordPtr[3];
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = poly;
@@ -2194,10 +2184,10 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
}
vertX = poly[0] - shapeA*cosTheta;
vertY = poly[1] - shapeA*sinTheta;
- temp = shapeC*sinTheta;
+ temp = shapeC * sinTheta;
poly[2] = poly[0] - shapeB*cosTheta + temp;
poly[8] = poly[2] - 2*temp;
- temp = shapeC*cosTheta;
+ temp = shapeC * cosTheta;
poly[3] = poly[1] - shapeB*sinTheta - temp;
poly[9] = poly[3] + 2*temp;
poly[4] = poly[2]*fracHeight + vertX*(1.0-fracHeight);
@@ -2216,15 +2206,13 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
*
* LineToPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * line items.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for line items.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in the interp's result, replacing whatever used
- * to be there. If no error occurs, then Postscript for the
- * item is appended to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in the interp's
+ * result, replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the item is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -2233,15 +2221,13 @@ ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr)
*/
static int
-LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which Postscript is
- * wanted. */
- int prepass; /* 1 means this is a prepass to
- * collect font information; 0 means
- * final Postscript is being created. */
+LineToPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
+ int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
+ * information; 0 means final Postscript is
+ * being created. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
char buffer[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
@@ -2290,24 +2276,23 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
linePtr->coordPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr[1]),
width/2.0, width/2.0);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "matrix currentmatrix\n",buffer,
- " scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", (char *) NULL);
- if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color)
- != TCL_OK) {
+ " scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", NULL);
+ if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
- * Generate a path for the line's center-line (do this differently
- * for straight lines and smoothed lines).
+ * Generate a path for the line's center-line (do this differently for
+ * straight lines and smoothed lines).
*/
if ((!linePtr->smooth) || (linePtr->numPoints < 3)) {
@@ -2318,29 +2303,27 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
linePtr->coordPtr, linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps);
} else {
/*
- * Special hack: Postscript printers don't appear to be able
- * to turn a path drawn with "curveto"s into a clipping path
- * without exceeding resource limits, so TkMakeBezierPostscript
- * won't work for stippled curves. Instead, generate all of
- * the intermediate points here and output them into the
- * Postscript file with "lineto"s instead.
+ * Special hack: Postscript printers don't appear to be able to
+ * turn a path drawn with "curveto"s into a clipping path without
+ * exceeding resource limits, so TkMakeBezierPostscript won't work
+ * for stippled curves. Instead, generate all of the intermediate
+ * points here and output them into the Postscript file with
+ * "lineto"s instead.
*/
double staticPoints[2*MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
double *pointPtr;
int numPoints;
- numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
pointPtr = staticPoints;
if (numPoints > MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(numPoints * 2 * sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
- linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- pointPtr);
+ linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, pointPtr);
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, pointPtr, numPoints);
if (pointPtr != staticPoints) {
ckfree((char *) pointPtr);
@@ -2358,17 +2341,16 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
} else if (linePtr->capStyle == CapProjecting) {
style = "2 setlinecap\n";
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style, NULL);
style = "0 setlinejoin\n";
if (linePtr->joinStyle == JoinRound) {
style = "1 setlinejoin\n";
} else if (linePtr->joinStyle == JoinBevel) {
style = "2 setlinejoin\n";
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style, NULL);
- if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr,
- &(linePtr->outline)) != TCL_OK) {
+ if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, &(linePtr->outline)) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -2378,8 +2360,7 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
if (ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr,
linePtr->firstArrowPtr) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -2388,7 +2369,7 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
if (ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr,
linePtr->lastArrowPtr) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -2403,15 +2384,14 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
*
* ArrowheadPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * an arrowhead for a line item.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for an arrowhead for a
+ * line item.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in the interp's result, replacing whatever used
- * to be there. If no error occurs, then Postscript for the
- * arrowhead is appended to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in the interp's
+ * result, replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the arrowhead is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -2420,14 +2400,13 @@ LineToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
*/
static int
-ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr, arrowPtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- LineItem *linePtr; /* Line item for which Postscript is
- * being generated. */
- double *arrowPtr; /* Pointer to first of five points
- * describing arrowhead polygon. */
+ArrowheadPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ LineItem *linePtr, /* Line item for which Postscript is being
+ * generated. */
+ double *arrowPtr) /* Pointer to first of five points describing
+ * arrowhead polygon. */
{
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
@@ -2449,13 +2428,20 @@ ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr, arrowPtr)
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arrowPtr, PTS_IN_ARROW);
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", (char *) NULL);
- if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple)
- != TCL_OK) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
+ if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
index 060044e..031b0a3 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvPoly.c --
*
* This file implements polygon items for canvas widgets.
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPoly.c,v 1.13 2005/08/10 22:02:22 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPoly.c,v 1.14 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,24 +24,28 @@
typedef struct PolygonItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
- * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
+ * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
Tk_Outline outline; /* Outline structure */
- int numPoints; /* Number of points in polygon.
- * Polygon is always closed. */
+ int numPoints; /* Number of points in polygon. Polygon is
+ * always closed. */
int pointsAllocated; /* Number of points for which space is
* allocated at *coordPtr. */
- double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to malloc-ed array containing
- * x- and y-coords of all points in polygon.
+ double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to malloc-ed array containing x-
+ * and y-coords of all points in polygon.
* X-coords are even-valued indices, y-coords
* are corresponding odd-valued indices. */
int joinStyle; /* Join style for outline */
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset;
XColor *fillColor; /* Foreground color for polygon. */
- XColor *activeFillColor; /* Foreground color for polygon if state is active. */
- XColor *disabledFillColor; /* Foreground color for polygon if state is disabled. */
+ XColor *activeFillColor; /* Foreground color for polygon if state is
+ * active. */
+ XColor *disabledFillColor; /* Foreground color for polygon if state is
+ * disabled. */
Pixmap fillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon. */
- Pixmap activeFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state is active. */
- Pixmap disabledFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state is disabled. */
+ Pixmap activeFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state
+ * is active. */
+ Pixmap disabledFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state
+ * is disabled. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling polygon. */
Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth; /* Non-zero means draw shape smoothed (i.e.
* with Bezier splines). */
@@ -81,125 +85,116 @@ static Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeDash),
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillColor),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeColor),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeStipple),
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillStipple),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.dash),
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.offset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledDash),
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillColor),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledColor),
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledStipple),
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillStipple),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
"round", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.color),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.stipple),
- TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, smooth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
"12", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
- &stateOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * Prototypes for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static void ComputePolygonBbox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- PolygonItem *polyPtr));
-static int ConfigurePolygon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static void ComputePolygonBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ PolygonItem *polyPtr);
+static int ConfigurePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags));
-static int CreatePolygon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+static int CreatePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void DeletePolygon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
-static void DisplayPolygon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void DeletePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
+static void DisplayPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
- int x, int y, int width, int height));
-static int GetPolygonIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static int GetPolygonIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr));
-static int PolygonCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
+static int PolygonCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void PolygonDeleteCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last));
-static void PolygonInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj));
-static int PolygonToArea _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
-static double PolygonToPoint _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr));
-static int PolygonToPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
-static void ScalePolygon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void PolygonDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
+static void PolygonInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
+static int PolygonToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
+static double PolygonToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
+static int PolygonToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
+static void ScalePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
- double scaleX, double scaleY));
-static void TranslatePolygon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
+ double scaleX, double scaleY);
+static void TranslatePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
- * The structures below defines the polygon item type by means
- * of procedures that can be invoked by generic item code.
+ * The structures below defines the polygon item type by means of functions
+ * that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkPolygonType = {
@@ -218,17 +213,17 @@ Tk_ItemType tkPolygonType = {
ScalePolygon, /* scaleProc */
TranslatePolygon, /* translateProc */
(Tk_ItemIndexProc *) GetPolygonIndex,/* indexProc */
- (Tk_ItemCursorProc *) NULL, /* icursorProc */
- (Tk_ItemSelectionProc *) NULL, /* selectionProc */
+ NULL, /* icursorProc */
+ NULL, /* selectionProc */
(Tk_ItemInsertProc *) PolygonInsert,/* insertProc */
PolygonDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
- (Tk_ItemType *) NULL, /* nextPtr */
+ NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
- * The definition below determines how large are static arrays
- * used to hold spline points (splines larger than this have to
- * have their arrays malloc-ed).
+ * The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
+ * spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
+ * malloc-ed).
*/
#define MAX_STATIC_POINTS 200
@@ -238,14 +233,12 @@ Tk_ItemType tkPolygonType = {
*
* CreatePolygon --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to create a new polygon item in
- * a canvas.
+ * This function is invoked to create a new polygon item in a canvas.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in
- * creating the item, then an error message is left in
- * the interp's result; in this case itemPtr is
- * left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
+ * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in creating the
+ * item, then an error message is left in the interp's result; in this
+ * case itemPtr is left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
* caller.
*
* Side effects:
@@ -255,13 +248,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkPolygonType = {
*/
static int
-CreatePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas to hold new item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Record to hold new item; header
- * has been initialized by caller. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing polygon. */
+CreatePolygon(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
+ * initialized by caller. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing polygon. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
@@ -271,8 +264,8 @@ CreatePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
}
/*
- * Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean
- * up after errors during the the remainder of this procedure.
+ * Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean up after
+ * errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
Tk_CreateOutline(&(polyPtr->outline));
@@ -290,14 +283,14 @@ CreatePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
polyPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
polyPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
polyPtr->fillGC = None;
- polyPtr->smooth = (Tk_SmoothMethod *) NULL;
+ polyPtr->smooth = NULL;
polyPtr->splineSteps = 12;
polyPtr->autoClosed = 0;
/*
- * Count the number of points and then parse them into a point
- * array. Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they
- * start with a digit or a minus sign followed by a digit.
+ * Count the number of points and then parse them into a point array.
+ * Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they start with a digit
+ * or a minus sign followed by a digit.
*/
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
@@ -315,7 +308,7 @@ CreatePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
}
- error:
+ error:
DeletePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -325,9 +318,8 @@ CreatePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* PolygonCoords --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "coords" widget
- * command on polygons. See the user documentation for details
- * on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "coords" widget command on
+ * polygons. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR, and sets the interp's result.
@@ -339,25 +331,25 @@ CreatePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-PolygonCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item whose coordinates are to be
- * read or modified. */
- int objc; /* Number of coordinates supplied in
- * objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1,
- * x2, y2, ... */
+PolygonCoords(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
+ * modified. */
+ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int i, numPoints;
if (objc == 0) {
/*
- * Print the coords used to create the polygon. If we auto
- * closed the polygon then we don't report the last point.
+ * Print the coords used to create the polygon. If we auto closed the
+ * polygon then we don't report the last point.
*/
+
Tcl_Obj *subobj, *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
+
for (i = 0; i < 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed); i++) {
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(polyPtr->coordPtr[i]);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
@@ -373,6 +365,7 @@ PolygonCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
}
if (objc & 1) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
+
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected an even number, got %d",
objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
@@ -385,8 +378,8 @@ PolygonCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
}
/*
- * One extra point gets allocated here, because we always
- * add another point to close the polygon.
+ * One extra point gets allocated here, because we always add
+ * another point to close the polygon.
*/
polyPtr->coordPtr = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
@@ -405,7 +398,7 @@ PolygonCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
/*
* Close the polygon if it isn't already closed.
*/
-
+
if (objc>2 && ((polyPtr->coordPtr[objc-2] != polyPtr->coordPtr[0])
|| (polyPtr->coordPtr[objc-1] != polyPtr->coordPtr[1]))) {
polyPtr->autoClosed = 1;
@@ -423,28 +416,28 @@ PolygonCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ConfigurePolygon --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to configure various aspects
- * of a polygon item such as its background color.
+ * This function is invoked to configure various aspects of a polygon
+ * item such as its background color.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then
- * an error message is left in the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then an error message
+ * is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
- * Configuration information, such as colors and stipple
- * patterns, may be set for itemPtr.
+ * Configuration information, such as colors and stipple patterns, may be
+ * set for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
-ConfigurePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Polygon item to reconfigure. */
- int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
- int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+ConfigurePolygon(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Polygon item to reconfigure. */
+ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
@@ -462,8 +455,8 @@ ConfigurePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
}
/*
- * A few of the options require additional processing, such as
- * graphics contexts.
+ * A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
+ * contexts.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -555,8 +548,8 @@ ConfigurePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*
* DeletePolygon --
*
- * This procedure is called to clean up the data structure
- * associated with a polygon item.
+ * This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
+ * a polygon item.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -568,11 +561,10 @@ ConfigurePolygon(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*/
static void
-DeletePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being deleted. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing window for
- * canvas. */
+DeletePolygon(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
+ Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -608,24 +600,22 @@ DeletePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display)
*
* ComputePolygonBbox --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to compute the bounding box of
- * all the pixels that may be drawn as part of a polygon.
+ * This function is invoked to compute the bounding box of all the pixels
+ * that may be drawn as part of a polygon.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header
- * for itemPtr.
+ * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- PolygonItem *polyPtr; /* Item whose bbox is to be
- * recomputed. */
+ComputePolygonBbox(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ PolygonItem *polyPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
double *coordPtr;
int i;
@@ -657,12 +647,11 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
polyPtr->header.y1 = polyPtr->header.y2 = (int) coordPtr[1];
/*
- * Compute the bounding box of all the points in the polygon,
- * then expand in all directions by the outline's width to take
- * care of butting or rounded corners and projecting or
- * rounded caps. This expansion is an overestimate (worst-case
- * is square root of two over two) but it's simple. Don't do
- * anything special for curves. This causes an additional
+ * Compute the bounding box of all the points in the polygon, then expand
+ * in all directions by the outline's width to take care of butting or
+ * rounded corners and projecting or rounded caps. This expansion is an
+ * overestimate (worst-case is square root of two over two) but it's
+ * simple. Don't do anything special for curves. This causes an additional
* overestimate in the bounding box, but is faster.
*/
@@ -708,6 +697,7 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
if (tsoffset) {
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
int index = tsoffset->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX;
+
if (tsoffset->flags == INT_MAX) {
index = (polyPtr->numPoints - 1) * 2;
}
@@ -743,13 +733,14 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
/*
* For mitered lines, make a second pass through all the points.
- * Compute the locations of the two miter vertex points and add
- * those into the bounding box.
+ * Compute the locations of the two miter vertex points and add those
+ * into the bounding box.
*/
if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
double miter[4];
int j;
+
coordPtr = polyPtr->coordPtr;
if (polyPtr->numPoints>3) {
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr+2*(polyPtr->numPoints-2),
@@ -760,9 +751,8 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
}
}
}
- for (i = polyPtr->numPoints ; i >= 3;
- i--, coordPtr += 2) {
-
+ for (i = polyPtr->numPoints ; i >= 3; i--, coordPtr += 2) {
+
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
width, miter, miter+2)) {
for (j = 0; j < 4; j += 2) {
@@ -774,8 +764,8 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
}
/*
- * Add one more pixel of fudge factor just to be safe (e.g.
- * X may round differently than we do).
+ * Add one more pixel of fudge factor just to be safe (e.g. X may round
+ * differently than we do).
*/
polyPtr->header.x1 -= 1;
@@ -789,34 +779,33 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr)
*
* TkFillPolygon --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to convert a polygon to screen
- * coordinates and display it using a particular GC.
+ * This function is invoked to convert a polygon to screen coordinates
+ * and display it using a particular GC.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation
- * information in canvas.
+ * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation information in
+ * canvas.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkFillPolygon(canvas, coordPtr, numPoints, display, drawable, gc, outlineGC)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas whose coordinate system
- * is to be used for drawing. */
- double *coordPtr; /* Array of coordinates for polygon:
- * x1, y1, x2, y2, .... */
- int numPoints; /* Twice this many coordinates are
- * present at *coordPtr. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw polygon. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
- * polygon. */
- GC gc; /* Graphics context for drawing. */
- GC outlineGC; /* If not None, use this to draw an
- * outline around the polygon after
- * filling it. */
+TkFillPolygon(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas whose coordinate system is to be
+ * used for drawing. */
+ double *coordPtr, /* Array of coordinates for polygon: x1, y1,
+ * x2, y2, .... */
+ int numPoints, /* Twice this many coordinates are present at
+ * *coordPtr. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw polygon. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
+ * polygon. */
+ GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing. */
+ GC outlineGC) /* If not None, use this to draw an outline
+ * around the polygon after filling it. */
{
XPoint staticPoints[MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
XPoint *pointPtr;
@@ -824,9 +813,9 @@ TkFillPolygon(canvas, coordPtr, numPoints, display, drawable, gc, outlineGC)
int i;
/*
- * Build up an array of points in screen coordinates. Use a
- * static array unless the polygon has an enormous number of points;
- * in this case, dynamically allocate an array.
+ * Build up an array of points in screen coordinates. Use a static array
+ * unless the polygon has an enormous number of points; in this case,
+ * dynamically allocate an array.
*/
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
@@ -835,7 +824,7 @@ TkFillPolygon(canvas, coordPtr, numPoints, display, drawable, gc, outlineGC)
pointPtr = (XPoint *) ckalloc((unsigned) (numPoints * sizeof(XPoint)));
}
- for (i = 0, pPtr = pointPtr; i < numPoints; i += 1, coordPtr += 2, pPtr++) {
+ for (i=0, pPtr=pointPtr ; i<numPoints; i+=1, coordPtr+=2, pPtr++) {
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, coordPtr[0], coordPtr[1], &pPtr->x,
&pPtr->y);
}
@@ -863,28 +852,27 @@ TkFillPolygon(canvas, coordPtr, numPoints, display, drawable, gc, outlineGC)
*
* DisplayPolygon --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to draw a polygon item in a given
- * drawable.
+ * This function is invoked to draw a polygon item in a given drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation
- * information in canvas.
+ * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation information in
+ * canvas.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to be displayed. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw item. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
- * item. */
- int x, y, width, height; /* Describes region of canvas that
- * must be redisplayed (not used). */
+DisplayPolygon(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
+ int x, int y, int width, int height)
+ /* Describes region of canvas that must be
+ * redisplayed (not used). */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -897,7 +885,7 @@ DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
return;
}
- if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
+ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
@@ -915,16 +903,17 @@ DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
stipple = polyPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
+
/*
- * If we're stippling then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be
- * sure to reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be
- * read-only.
+ * If we're stippling then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to
+ * reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
*/
if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != None)) {
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset = &polyPtr->tsoffset;
int w=0; int h=0;
int flags = tsoffset->flags;
+
if (!(flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) && (flags & (TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE))) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(display, stipple, &w, &h);
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
@@ -949,6 +938,7 @@ DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
if(polyPtr->numPoints < 3) {
short x,y;
int intLineWidth = (int) (linewidth + 0.5);
+
if (intLineWidth < 1) {
intLineWidth = 1;
}
@@ -967,13 +957,12 @@ DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
XPoint *pointPtr;
/*
- * This is a smoothed polygon. Display using a set of generated
- * spline points rather than the original points.
+ * This is a smoothed polygon. Display using a set of generated spline
+ * points rather than the original points.
*/
- numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = staticPoints;
} else {
@@ -981,8 +970,7 @@ DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
(numPoints * sizeof(XPoint)));
}
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, pointPtr,
- (double *) NULL);
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, pointPtr, NULL);
if (polyPtr->fillGC != None) {
XFillPolygon(display, drawable, polyPtr->fillGC, pointPtr,
numPoints, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
@@ -1018,12 +1006,12 @@ DisplayPolygon(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
*/
static void
-PolygonInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing text item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Line item to be modified. */
- int beforeThis; /* Index before which new coordinates
- * are to be inserted. */
- Tcl_Obj *obj; /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
+PolygonInsert(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
+ int beforeThis, /* Index before which new coordinates are to
+ * be inserted. */
+ Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int length, objc, i;
@@ -1035,36 +1023,41 @@ PolygonInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
- if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
+ if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| !objc || objc&1) {
return;
}
length = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
- while(beforeThis>length) beforeThis-=length;
- while(beforeThis<0) beforeThis+=length;
+ while (beforeThis>length) {
+ beforeThis -= length;
+ }
+ while (beforeThis<0) {
+ beforeThis += length;
+ }
new = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)(sizeof(double) * (length + 2 + objc)));
for (i=0; i<beforeThis; i++) {
new[i] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
for (i=0; i<objc; i++) {
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj((Tcl_Interp *) NULL,objv[i],
- new+(i+beforeThis))!=TCL_OK) {
+ if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i], new+(i+beforeThis)) != TCL_OK){
ckfree((char *) new);
return;
}
}
- for(i=beforeThis; i<length; i++) {
+ for (i=beforeThis; i<length; i++) {
new[i+objc] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
- if(polyPtr->coordPtr) ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
- length+=objc;
+ if (polyPtr->coordPtr) {
+ ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
+ }
+ length += objc;
polyPtr->coordPtr = new;
polyPtr->numPoints = (length/2) + polyPtr->autoClosed;
/*
- * Close the polygon if it isn't already closed, or remove autoclosing
- * if the user's coordinates are now closed.
+ * Close the polygon if it isn't already closed, or remove autoclosing if
+ * the user's coordinates are now closed.
*/
if (polyPtr->autoClosed) {
@@ -1072,8 +1065,7 @@ PolygonInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
polyPtr->autoClosed = 0;
polyPtr->numPoints--;
}
- }
- else {
+ } else {
if ((new[length-2] != new[0]) || (new[length-1] != new[1])) {
polyPtr->autoClosed = 1;
polyPtr->numPoints++;
@@ -1084,52 +1076,60 @@ PolygonInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
new[length+1] = new[1];
if (((length-objc)>3) && (state != TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
- * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part
- * of the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping
- * with that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that
- * instructs the general canvas code not to redraw the whole
- * object. If this flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing,
- * otherwise I have to do it here.
+ * This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
+ * the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
+ * that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
+ * the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
+ * flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have
+ * to do it here.
*/
+
double width;
int j;
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
/*
- * The header elements that normally are used for the
- * bounding box, are now used to calculate the bounding
- * box for only the part that has to be redrawn. That
- * doesn't matter, because afterwards the bounding
- * box has to be re-calculated anyway.
+ * The header elements that normally are used for the bounding box,
+ * are now used to calculate the bounding box for only the part that
+ * has to be redrawn. That doesn't matter, because afterwards the
+ * bounding box has to be re-calculated anyway.
*/
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) polyPtr->coordPtr[beforeThis];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) polyPtr->coordPtr[beforeThis+1];
beforeThis-=2; objc+=4;
- if(polyPtr->smooth) {
- beforeThis-=2; objc+=4;
- } /* be carefull; beforeThis could now be negative */
- for(i=beforeThis; i<beforeThis+objc; i+=2) {
- j=i;
- if(j<0) j+=length;
- if(j>=length) j-=length;
- TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, polyPtr->coordPtr+j);
+ if (polyPtr->smooth) {
+ beforeThis-=2;
+ objc+=4;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Be careful; beforeThis could now be negative
+ */
+
+ for (i=beforeThis; i<beforeThis+objc; i+=2) {
+ j = i;
+ if (j<0) {
+ j += length;
+ } else if (j>=length) {
+ j -= length;
+ }
+ TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, polyPtr->coordPtr+j);
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
- if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
- width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
- }
+ if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
+ width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
+ }
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
- if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0.0) {
- width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
- }
+ if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0.0) {
+ width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
+ }
}
itemPtr->x1 -= (int) width; itemPtr->y1 -= (int) width;
itemPtr->x2 += (int) width; itemPtr->y2 += (int) width;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(canvas,
- itemPtr->x1, itemPtr->y1,
- itemPtr->x2, itemPtr->y2);
+ itemPtr->x1, itemPtr->y1, itemPtr->x2, itemPtr->y2);
}
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
@@ -1146,44 +1146,54 @@ PolygonInsert(canvas, itemPtr, beforeThis, obj)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Characters between "first" and "last", inclusive, get
- * deleted from itemPtr.
+ * Characters between "first" and "last", inclusive, get deleted from
+ * itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-PolygonDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item in which to delete characters. */
- int first; /* Index of first character to delete. */
- int last; /* Index of last character to delete. */
+PolygonDeleteCoords(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
+ int first, /* Index of first character to delete. */
+ int last) /* Index of last character to delete. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int count, i;
int length = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
- while(first>=length) first-=length;
- while(first<0) first+=length;
- while(last>=length) last-=length;
- while(last<0) last+=length;
+ while (first>=length) {
+ first -= length;
+ }
+ while (first<0) {
+ first += length;
+ }
+ while (last>=length) {
+ last -= length;
+ }
+ while (last<0) {
+ last += length;
+ }
first &= -2;
last &= -2;
count = last + 2 - first;
- if(count<=0) count +=length;
+ if (count<=0) {
+ count += length;
+ }
- if(count >= length) {
+ if (count >= length) {
polyPtr->numPoints = 0;
- if(polyPtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
+ if (polyPtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
}
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
return;
}
- if(last>=first) {
+ if (last>=first) {
for(i=last+2; i<length; i++) {
polyPtr->coordPtr[i-count] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
@@ -1203,14 +1213,14 @@ PolygonDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
*
* PolygonToPoint --
*
- * Computes the distance from a given point to a given
- * polygon, in canvas units.
+ * Computes the distance from a given point to a given polygon, in canvas
+ * units.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates
- * are pointPtr[0] and pointPtr[1] is inside the polygon. If the
- * point isn't inside the polygon then the return value is the
- * distance from the point to the polygon.
+ * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates are
+ * pointPtr[0] and pointPtr[1] is inside the polygon. If the point isn't
+ * inside the polygon then the return value is the distance from the
+ * point to the polygon.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1220,10 +1230,10 @@ PolygonDeleteCoords(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
-PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against point. */
- double *pointPtr; /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
+PolygonToPoint(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
+ double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
double *coordPtr, *polyPoints;
@@ -1232,15 +1242,15 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
double radius;
double bestDist, dist;
int numPoints, count;
- int changedMiterToBevel; /* Non-zero means that a mitered corner
- * had to be treated as beveled after all
- * because the angle was < 11 degrees. */
+ int changedMiterToBevel; /* Non-zero means that a mitered corner had to
+ * be treated as beveled after all because the
+ * angle was < 11 degrees. */
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
bestDist = 1.0e36;
- if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
+ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
@@ -1261,9 +1271,9 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*/
if ((polyPtr->smooth) && (polyPtr->numPoints>2)) {
- numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL,
+ NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
polyPoints = staticSpace;
} else {
@@ -1271,7 +1281,7 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
(2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL,
polyPoints);
} else {
numPoints = polyPtr->numPoints;
@@ -1292,22 +1302,23 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
}
- if ((polyPtr->outline.gc == None) || (width <= 1)) goto donepoint;
+ if ((polyPtr->outline.gc == None) || (width <= 1)) {
+ goto donepoint;
+ }
/*
- * The overall idea is to iterate through all of the edges of
- * the line, computing a polygon for each edge and testing the
- * point against that polygon. In addition, there are additional
- * tests to deal with rounded joints and caps.
+ * The overall idea is to iterate through all of the edges of the line,
+ * computing a polygon for each edge and testing the point against that
+ * polygon. In addition, there are additional tests to deal with rounded
+ * joints and caps.
*/
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
for (count = numPoints, coordPtr = polyPoints; count >= 2;
count--, coordPtr += 2) {
-
/*
- * If rounding is done around the first point then compute
- * the distance between the point and the point.
+ * If rounding is done around the first point then compute the
+ * distance between the point and the point.
*/
if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound) {
@@ -1322,9 +1333,9 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
/*
- * Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge,
- * consisting of two points for the first point of the edge
- * and two points for the last point of the edge.
+ * Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge, consisting
+ * of two points for the first point of the edge and two points for
+ * the last point of the edge.
*/
if (count == numPoints) {
@@ -1340,10 +1351,10 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
poly, poly+2);
/*
- * If this line uses beveled joints, then check the distance
- * to a polygon comprising the last two points of the previous
- * polygon and the first two from this polygon; this checks
- * the wedges that fill the mitered joint.
+ * If this line uses beveled joints, then check the distance to a
+ * polygon comprising the last two points of the previous polygon
+ * and the first two from this polygon; this checks the wedges
+ * that fill the mitered joint.
*/
if ((polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinBevel) || changedMiterToBevel) {
@@ -1366,8 +1377,8 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
(double) width, poly+4, poly+6) == 0) {
changedMiterToBevel = 1;
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, (double) width,
- 0, poly+4, poly+6);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, (double) width, 0,
+ poly+4, poly+6);
}
} else {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, (double) width, 0,
@@ -1384,7 +1395,7 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
}
}
- donepoint:
+ donepoint:
if ((polyPoints != staticSpace) && polyPoints != polyPtr->coordPtr) {
ckfree((char *) polyPoints);
}
@@ -1396,14 +1407,13 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*
* PolygonToArea --
*
- * This procedure is called to determine whether an item
- * lies entirely inside, entirely outside, or overlapping
- * a given rectangular area.
+ * This function is called to determine whether an item lies entirely
+ * inside, entirely outside, or overlapping a given rectangular area.
*
* Results:
- * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area
- * given by rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely
- * inside the given area.
+ * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area given by
+ * rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely inside the given
+ * area.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1413,12 +1423,12 @@ PolygonToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against polygon. */
- double *rectPtr; /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
- * (x1, y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular
- * area. */
+PolygonToArea(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against polygon. */
+ double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
+ * (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
+ * area. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
double *coordPtr;
@@ -1426,19 +1436,18 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
double *polyPoints, poly[10];
double radius;
int numPoints, count;
- int changedMiterToBevel; /* Non-zero means that a mitered corner
- * had to be treated as beveled after all
- * because the angle was < 11 degrees. */
- int inside; /* Tentative guess about what to return,
- * based on all points seen so far: one
- * means everything seen so far was
- * inside the area; -1 means everything
- * was outside the area. 0 means overlap
- * has been found. */
+ int changedMiterToBevel; /* Non-zero means that a mitered corner had to
+ * be treated as beveled after all because the
+ * angle was < 11 degrees. */
+ int inside; /* Tentative guess about what to return, based
+ * on all points seen so far: one means
+ * everything seen so far was inside the area;
+ * -1 means everything was outside the area. 0
+ * means overlap has been found. */
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
- if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
+ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
@@ -1460,60 +1469,62 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
return -1;
} else if (polyPtr->numPoints <3) {
double oval[4];
+
oval[0] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0]-radius;
oval[1] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1]-radius;
oval[2] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0]+radius;
oval[3] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1]+radius;
return TkOvalToArea(oval, rectPtr);
}
+
/*
* Handle smoothed polygons by generating an expanded set of points
* against which to do the check.
*/
if (polyPtr->smooth) {
- numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, (double *) NULL,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- (double *) NULL);
+ numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
polyPoints = staticSpace;
} else {
- polyPoints = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
- (2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
+ polyPoints = (double *)
+ ckalloc((unsigned) (2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, (XPoint *) NULL,
- polyPoints);
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL, polyPoints);
} else {
numPoints = polyPtr->numPoints;
polyPoints = polyPtr->coordPtr;
}
/*
- * Simple test to see if we are in the polygon. Polygons are
- * different from othe canvas items in that they register points
- * being inside even if it isn't filled.
+ * Simple test to see if we are in the polygon. Polygons are different
+ * from othe canvas items in that they register points being inside even
+ * if it isn't filled.
*/
+
inside = TkPolygonToArea(polyPoints, numPoints, rectPtr);
- if (inside==0) goto donearea;
+ if (inside==0) {
+ goto donearea;
+ }
- if (polyPtr->outline.gc == None) goto donearea ;
+ if (polyPtr->outline.gc == None) {
+ goto donearea;
+ }
/*
- * Iterate through all of the edges of the line, computing a polygon
- * for each edge and testing the area against that polygon. In
- * addition, there are additional tests to deal with rounded joints
- * and caps.
+ * Iterate through all of the edges of the line, computing a polygon for
+ * each edge and testing the area against that polygon. In addition, there
+ * are additional tests to deal with rounded joints and caps.
*/
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
for (count = numPoints, coordPtr = polyPoints; count >= 2;
count--, coordPtr += 2) {
-
/*
- * If rounding is done around the first point of the edge
- * then test a circular region around the point with the
- * area.
+ * If rounding is done around the first point of the edge then test a
+ * circular region around the point with the area.
*/
if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound) {
@@ -1528,28 +1539,26 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
}
/*
- * Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge,
- * consisting of two points for the first point of the edge
- * and two points for the last point of the edge.
+ * Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge, consisting
+ * of two points for the first point of the edge and two points for
+ * the last point of the edge.
*/
if (count == numPoints) {
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, width,
- 0, poly, poly+2);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, width, 0, poly, poly+2);
} else if ((polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) && !changedMiterToBevel) {
poly[0] = poly[6];
poly[1] = poly[7];
poly[2] = poly[4];
poly[3] = poly[5];
} else {
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, width, 0,
- poly, poly+2);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, width, 0, poly, poly+2);
/*
- * If the last joint was beveled, then also check a
- * polygon comprising the last two points of the previous
- * polygon and the first two from this polygon; this checks
- * the wedges that fill the beveled joint.
+ * If the last joint was beveled, then also check a polygon
+ * comprising the last two points of the previous polygon and the
+ * first two from this polygon; this checks the wedges that fill
+ * the beveled joint.
*/
if ((polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinBevel) || changedMiterToBevel) {
@@ -1563,18 +1572,15 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
}
}
if (count == 2) {
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width,
- 0, poly+4, poly+6);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0, poly+4, poly+6);
} else if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
width, poly+4, poly+6) == 0) {
changedMiterToBevel = 1;
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width,
- 0, poly+4, poly+6);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width,0, poly+4, poly+6);
}
} else {
- TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0,
- poly+4, poly+6);
+ TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0, poly+4, poly+6);
}
poly[8] = poly[0];
poly[9] = poly[1];
@@ -1584,7 +1590,7 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
}
}
- donearea:
+ donearea:
if ((polyPoints != staticSpace) && (polyPoints != polyPtr->coordPtr)) {
ckfree((char *) polyPoints);
}
@@ -1596,15 +1602,14 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*
* ScalePolygon --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to rescale a polygon item.
+ * This function is invoked to rescale a polygon item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The polygon referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the
- * following transformation is applied to all point
- * coordinates:
+ * The polygon referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the following
+ * transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
* x' = originX + scaleX*(x-originX)
* y' = originY + scaleY*(y-originY)
*
@@ -1612,12 +1617,13 @@ PolygonToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*/
static void
-ScalePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing polygon. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Polygon to be scaled. */
- double originX, originY; /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
- double scaleX; /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
- double scaleY; /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
+ScalePolygon(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing polygon. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Polygon to be scaled. */
+ double originX, double originY,
+ /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
+ double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
+ double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
double *coordPtr;
@@ -1636,14 +1642,13 @@ ScalePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*
* GetPolygonIndex --
*
- * Parse an index into a polygon item and return either its value
- * or an error.
+ * Parse an index into a polygon item and return either its value or an
+ * error.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is
- * filled in with the index (into itemPtr) corresponding to
- * string. Otherwise an error message is left in
- * interp->result.
+ * A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is filled in
+ * with the index (into itemPtr) corresponding to string. Otherwise an
+ * error message is left in interp->result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1652,14 +1657,14 @@ ScalePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*/
static int
-GetPolygonIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which the index is being
+GetPolygonIndex(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
- Tcl_Obj *obj; /* Specification of a particular coord
- * in itemPtr's line. */
- int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted index. */
+ Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
+ * itemPtr's line. */
+ int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int length;
@@ -1669,16 +1674,14 @@ GetPolygonIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
if (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned)length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
} else {
- badIndex:
-
/*
- * Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result,
- * so we have to clear it out before storing our own message.
+ * Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result, so we
+ * have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *) NULL);
+ badIndex:
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
@@ -1709,6 +1712,7 @@ GetPolygonIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
}
} else {
int count = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
+
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, obj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
@@ -1731,26 +1735,24 @@ GetPolygonIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
*
* TranslatePolygon --
*
- * This procedure is called to move a polygon by a given
- * amount.
+ * This function is called to move a polygon by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The position of the polygon is offset by (xDelta, yDelta),
- * and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
- * item structure.
+ * The position of the polygon is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and the
+ * bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item structure.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TranslatePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being moved. */
- double deltaX, deltaY; /* Amount by which item is to be
- * moved. */
+TranslatePolygon(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being moved. */
+ double deltaX, double deltaY)
+ /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
double *coordPtr;
@@ -1769,15 +1771,13 @@ TranslatePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*
* PolygonToPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * polygon items.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for polygon items.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in the interp's result, replacing whatever used
- * to be there. If no error occurs, then Postscript for the
- * item is appended to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in the interp's
+ * result, replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the item is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1786,15 +1786,13 @@ TranslatePolygon(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*/
static int
-PolygonToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which Postscript is
- * wanted. */
- int prepass; /* 1 means this is a prepass to
- * collect font information; 0 means
- * final Postscript is being created. */
+PolygonToPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
+ int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
+ * information; 0 means final Postscript is
+ * being created. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
char *style;
@@ -1860,17 +1858,17 @@ PolygonToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
polyPtr->coordPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr[1]),
width/2.0, width/2.0);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "matrix currentmatrix\n",string,
- " scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", (char *) NULL);
+ " scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -1891,16 +1889,15 @@ PolygonToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (fillStipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "eoclip ", (char *) NULL);
- if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple)
- != TCL_OK) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "eoclip ", NULL);
+ if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (color != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "eofill\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "eofill\n", NULL);
}
}
@@ -1909,13 +1906,12 @@ PolygonToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
*/
if (color != NULL) {
-
if (!polyPtr->smooth || !polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
- polyPtr->numPoints);
+ polyPtr->numPoints);
} else {
polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
- polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps);
+ polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps);
}
if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound) {
@@ -1925,8 +1921,7 @@ PolygonToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
} else {
style = "0";
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style," setlinejoin 1 setlinecap\n",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style," setlinejoin 1 setlinecap\n", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr,
&(polyPtr->outline)) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -1934,3 +1929,11 @@ PolygonToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
}
return TCL_OK;
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPs.c b/generic/tkCanvPs.c
index 866433f..5fcdd15 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvPs.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvPs.c
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvPs.c --
*
- * This module provides Postscript output support for canvases,
- * including the "postscript" widget command plus a few utility
- * procedures used for generating Postscript.
+ * This module provides Postscript output support for canvases, including
+ * the "postscript" widget command plus a few utility functions used for
+ * generating Postscript.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPs.c,v 1.15 2004/02/23 10:48:11 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPs.c,v 1.16 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
*/
/*
- * The following definition is used in generating postscript for images
- * and windows.
+ * The following definition is used in generating postscript for images and
+ * windows.
*/
typedef struct TkColormapData { /* Hold color information for a window */
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ typedef struct TkColormapData { /* Hold color information for a window */
/*
* One of the following structures is created to keep track of Postscript
- * output being generated. It consists mostly of information provided on
- * the widget command line.
+ * output being generated. It consists mostly of information provided on the
+ * widget command line.
*/
typedef struct TkPostscriptInfo {
@@ -57,93 +57,90 @@ typedef struct TkPostscriptInfo {
double scale; /* Scale factor for conversion: each pixel
* maps into this many points. */
Tk_Anchor pageAnchor; /* How to anchor bbox on Postscript page. */
- int rotate; /* Non-zero means output should be rotated
- * on page (landscape mode). */
+ int rotate; /* Non-zero means output should be rotated on
+ * page (landscape mode). */
char *fontVar; /* If non-NULL, gives name of global variable
* containing font mapping information.
* Malloc'ed. */
char *colorVar; /* If non-NULL, give name of global variable
* containing color mapping information.
* Malloc'ed. */
- char *colorMode; /* Mode for handling colors: "monochrome",
+ char *colorMode; /* Mode for handling colors: "monochrome",
* "gray", or "color". Malloc'ed. */
- int colorLevel; /* Numeric value corresponding to colorMode:
- * 0 for mono, 1 for gray, 2 for color. */
+ int colorLevel; /* Numeric value corresponding to colorMode: 0
+ * for mono, 1 for gray, 2 for color. */
char *fileName; /* Name of file in which to write Postscript;
* NULL means return Postscript info as
* result. Malloc'ed. */
- char *channelName; /* If -channel is specified, the name of
- * the channel to use. */
+ char *channelName; /* If -channel is specified, the name of the
+ * channel to use. */
Tcl_Channel chan; /* Open channel corresponding to fileName. */
Tcl_HashTable fontTable; /* Hash table containing names of all font
- * families used in output. The hash table
+ * families used in output. The hash table
* values are not used. */
- int prepass; /* Non-zero means that we're currently in
- * the pre-pass that collects font information,
- * so the Postscript generated isn't
- * relevant. */
- int prolog; /* Non-zero means output should contain
- the file prolog.ps in the header. */
+ int prepass; /* Non-zero means that we're currently in the
+ * pre-pass that collects font information, so
+ * the Postscript generated isn't relevant. */
+ int prolog; /* Non-zero means output should contain the
+ * file prolog.ps in the header. */
} TkPostscriptInfo;
/*
- * The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments
- * to the canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo
- * structures.
+ * The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments to the
+ * canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo structures.
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorVar), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormode", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormode", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorMode), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fileName), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-channel", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-channel", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, channelName), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontmap", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fontVar), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, height), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-pageanchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-pageanchor", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageAnchor), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pageheight", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pageheight", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageHeightString), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagewidth", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagewidth", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageWidthString), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagex", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagex", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageXString), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagey", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagey", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageYString), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-prolog", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-prolog", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, prolog), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-rotate", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-rotate", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, rotate), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, width), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-x", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, x), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-y", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, y), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
-static int GetPostscriptPoints _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- char *string, double *doublePtr));
+static int GetPostscriptPoints(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ char *string, double *doublePtr);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCanvPostscriptCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "postscript" options
- * of the widget command for canvas widgets. See the user
- * documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "postscript" options of the
+ * widget command for canvas widgets. See the user documentation for
+ * details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -156,14 +153,13 @@ static int GetPostscriptPoints _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
/* ARGSUSED */
int
-TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
- TkCanvas *canvasPtr; /* Information about canvas widget. */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int argc; /* Number of arguments. */
- CONST char **argv; /* Argument strings. Caller has
- * already parsed this command enough
- * to know that argv[1] is
- * "postscript". */
+TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
+ TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about canvas widget. */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed
+ * this command enough to know that argv[1] is
+ * "postscript". */
{
TkPostscriptInfo psInfo;
Tk_PostscriptInfo oldInfoPtr;
@@ -175,24 +171,21 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
time_t now;
size_t length;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
- int deltaX = 0, deltaY = 0; /* Offset of lower-left corner of
- * area to be marked up, measured
- * in canvas units from the positioning
- * point on the page (reflects
- * anchor position). Initial values
- * needed only to stop compiler
- * warnings. */
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_DString buffer;
- char psenccmd[]="::tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded";
+ char psenccmd[] = "::tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded";
+ int deltaX = 0, deltaY = 0; /* Offset of lower-left corner of area to be
+ * marked up, measured in canvas units from
+ * the positioning point on the page (reflects
+ * anchor position). Initial values needed
+ * only to stop compiler warnings. */
/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------
- * Initialize the data structure describing Postscript generation,
- * then process all the arguments to fill the data structure in.
- *----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Initialize the data structure describing Postscript generation, then
+ * process all the arguments to fill the data structure in.
*/
+
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp,psenccmd,-1,TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
@@ -222,9 +215,8 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
psInfo.prepass = 0;
psInfo.prolog = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&psInfo.fontTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- result = Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin,
- configSpecs, argc-2, argv+2, (char *) &psInfo,
- TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+ result = Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, argc-2, argv+2,
+ (char *) &psInfo, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto cleanup;
}
@@ -267,38 +259,38 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
psInfo.scale /= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
}
switch (psInfo.pageAnchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- deltaX = 0;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- deltaX = -psInfo.width/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- deltaX = -psInfo.width;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ deltaX = 0;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ deltaX = -psInfo.width/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ deltaX = -psInfo.width;
+ break;
}
switch (psInfo.pageAnchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- deltaY = - psInfo.height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- deltaY = -psInfo.height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- deltaY = 0;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ deltaY = - psInfo.height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ deltaY = -psInfo.height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ deltaY = 0;
+ break;
}
if (psInfo.colorMode == NULL) {
@@ -312,22 +304,20 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
} else if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "color", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 2;
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad color mode \"",
- psInfo.colorMode, "\": must be monochrome, ",
- "gray, or color", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad color mode \"", psInfo.colorMode,
+ "\": must be monochrome, gray, or color", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
}
if (psInfo.fileName != NULL) {
-
/*
* Check that -file and -channel are not both specified.
*/
if (psInfo.channelName != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't specify both -file",
- " and -channel", (char *) NULL);
+ " and -channel", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
@@ -339,11 +329,11 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't specify -file in a",
- " safe interpreter", (char *) NULL);
+ " safe interpreter", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
-
+
p = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, psInfo.fileName, &buffer);
if (p == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
@@ -357,35 +347,31 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
if (psInfo.channelName != NULL) {
int mode;
-
+
/*
- * Check that the channel is found in this interpreter and that it
- * is open for writing.
+ * Check that the channel is found in this interpreter and that it is
+ * open for writing.
*/
- psInfo.chan = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, psInfo.channelName,
- &mode);
+ psInfo.chan = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, psInfo.channelName, &mode);
if (psInfo.chan == (Tcl_Channel) NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
if ((mode & TCL_WRITABLE) == 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "channel \"",
- psInfo.channelName, "\" wasn't opened for writing",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "channel \"", psInfo.channelName,
+ "\" wasn't opened for writing", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
}
-
+
/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------
- * Make a pre-pass over all of the items, generating Postscript
- * and then throwing it away. The purpose of this pass is just
- * to collect information about all the fonts in use, so that
- * we can output font information in the proper form required
- * by the Document Structuring Conventions.
- *--------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make a pre-pass over all of the items, generating Postscript and then
+ * throwing it away. The purpose of this pass is just to collect
+ * information about all the fonts in use, so that we can output font
+ * information in the proper form required by the Document Structuring
+ * Conventions.
*/
psInfo.prepass = 1;
@@ -403,11 +389,10 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
/*
- * An error just occurred. Just skip out of this loop.
- * There's no need to report the error now; it can be
- * reported later (errors can happen later that don't
- * happen now, so we still have to check for errors later
- * anyway).
+ * An error just occurred. Just skip out of this loop. There's no
+ * need to report the error now; it can be reported later (errors
+ * can happen later that don't happen now, so we still have to
+ * check for errors later anyway).
*/
break;
}
@@ -415,117 +400,109 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
psInfo.prepass = 0;
/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------
* Generate the header and prolog for the Postscript.
- *--------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (psInfo.prolog) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0\n",
- "%%Creator: Tk Canvas Widget\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0\n",
+ "%%Creator: Tk Canvas Widget\n", NULL);
#ifdef HAVE_PW_GECOS
- if (!Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
- struct passwd *pwPtr = getpwuid(getuid()); /* INTL: Native. */
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%For: ",
- (pwPtr != NULL) ? pwPtr->pw_gecos : "Unknown", "\n",
- (char *) NULL);
- endpwent();
- }
+ if (!Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
+ struct passwd *pwPtr = getpwuid(getuid()); /* INTL: Native. */
+
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%For: ",
+ (pwPtr != NULL) ? pwPtr->pw_gecos : "Unknown", "\n", NULL);
+ endpwent();
+ }
#endif /* HAVE_PW_GECOS */
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Title: Window ",
- Tk_PathName(tkwin), "\n", (char *) NULL);
- time(&now);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%CreationDate: ",
- ctime(&now), (char *) NULL); /* INTL: Native. */
- if (!psInfo.rotate) {
- sprintf(string, "%d %d %d %d",
- (int) (psInfo.pageX + psInfo.scale*deltaX),
- (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*deltaY),
- (int) (psInfo.pageX + psInfo.scale*(deltaX + psInfo.width)
- + 1.0),
- (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*(deltaY + psInfo.height)
- + 1.0));
- } else {
- sprintf(string, "%d %d %d %d",
- (int) (psInfo.pageX - psInfo.scale*(deltaY + psInfo.height)),
- (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*deltaX),
- (int) (psInfo.pageX - psInfo.scale*deltaY + 1.0),
- (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*(deltaX + psInfo.width)
- + 1.0));
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%BoundingBox: ", string,
- "\n", (char *) NULL);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Pages: 1\n",
- "%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n", (char *) NULL);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Orientation: ",
- psInfo.rotate ? "Landscape\n" : "Portrait\n", (char *) NULL);
- p = "%%DocumentNeededResources: font ";
- for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&psInfo.fontTable, &search);
- hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, p,
- Tcl_GetHashKey(&psInfo.fontTable, hPtr),
- "\n", (char *) NULL);
- p = "%%+ font ";
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%EndComments\n\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Title: Window ", Tk_PathName(tkwin), "\n",
+ NULL);
+ time(&now);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%CreationDate: ",
+ ctime(&now), NULL); /* INTL: Native. */
+ if (!psInfo.rotate) {
+ sprintf(string, "%d %d %d %d",
+ (int) (psInfo.pageX + psInfo.scale*deltaX),
+ (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*deltaY),
+ (int) (psInfo.pageX + psInfo.scale*(deltaX + psInfo.width)
+ + 1.0),
+ (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*(deltaY + psInfo.height)
+ + 1.0));
+ } else {
+ sprintf(string, "%d %d %d %d",
+ (int) (psInfo.pageX - psInfo.scale*(deltaY+psInfo.height)),
+ (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*deltaX),
+ (int) (psInfo.pageX - psInfo.scale*deltaY + 1.0),
+ (int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*(deltaX + psInfo.width)
+ + 1.0));
+ }
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%BoundingBox: ", string, "\n", NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Pages: 1\n",
+ "%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n", NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Orientation: ",
+ psInfo.rotate ? "Landscape\n" : "Portrait\n", NULL);
+ p = "%%DocumentNeededResources: font ";
+ for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&psInfo.fontTable, &search);
+ hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, p,
+ Tcl_GetHashKey(&psInfo.fontTable, hPtr), "\n", NULL);
+ p = "%%+ font ";
+ }
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%EndComments\n\n", NULL);
- /*
- * Insert the prolog
- */
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetVar(interp,"::tk::ps_preamable",
- TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY), (char *) NULL);
+ /*
+ * Insert the prolog
+ */
- if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
- Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
- Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
- }
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetVar(interp,"::tk::ps_preamable",
+ TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY), NULL);
- /*
- *-----------------------------------------------------------
- * Document setup: set the color level and include fonts.
- *-----------------------------------------------------------
- */
+ if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
+ Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
+ Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
+ }
- sprintf(string, "/CL %d def\n", psInfo.colorLevel);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%BeginSetup\n", string,
- (char *) NULL);
- for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&psInfo.fontTable, &search);
- hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%IncludeResource: font ",
- Tcl_GetHashKey(&psInfo.fontTable, hPtr), "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%EndSetup\n\n", (char *) NULL);
+ /*
+ * Document setup: set the color level and include fonts.
+ */
- /*
- *-----------------------------------------------------------
- * Page setup: move to page positioning point, rotate if
- * needed, set scale factor, offset for proper anchor position,
- * and set clip region.
- *-----------------------------------------------------------
- */
+ sprintf(string, "/CL %d def\n", psInfo.colorLevel);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%BeginSetup\n", string, NULL);
+ for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&psInfo.fontTable, &search);
+ hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%IncludeResource: font ",
+ Tcl_GetHashKey(&psInfo.fontTable, hPtr), "\n", NULL);
+ }
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%EndSetup\n\n", NULL);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Page: 1 1\n", "save\n",
- (char *) NULL);
- sprintf(string, "%.1f %.1f translate\n", psInfo.pageX, psInfo.pageY);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
- if (psInfo.rotate) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "90 rotate\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
- sprintf(string, "%.4g %.4g scale\n", psInfo.scale, psInfo.scale);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
- sprintf(string, "%d %d translate\n", deltaX - psInfo.x, deltaY);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
- sprintf(string, "%d %.15g moveto %d %.15g lineto %d %.15g lineto %d %.15g",
- psInfo.x,
- Tk_PostscriptY((double) psInfo.y, (Tk_PostscriptInfo) &psInfo),
- psInfo.x2,
- Tk_PostscriptY((double) psInfo.y, (Tk_PostscriptInfo) &psInfo),
- psInfo.x2,
- Tk_PostscriptY((double) psInfo.y2, (Tk_PostscriptInfo) &psInfo),
- psInfo.x,
- Tk_PostscriptY((double) psInfo.y2, (Tk_PostscriptInfo) &psInfo));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string,
- " lineto closepath clip newpath\n", (char *) NULL);
+ /*
+ * Page setup: move to page positioning point, rotate if needed, set
+ * scale factor, offset for proper anchor position, and set clip
+ * region.
+ */
+
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Page: 1 1\n", "save\n", NULL);
+ sprintf(string, "%.1f %.1f translate\n", psInfo.pageX, psInfo.pageY);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+ if (psInfo.rotate) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "90 rotate\n", NULL);
+ }
+ sprintf(string, "%.4g %.4g scale\n", psInfo.scale, psInfo.scale);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+ sprintf(string, "%d %d translate\n", deltaX - psInfo.x, deltaY);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+ sprintf(string,
+ "%d %.15g moveto %d %.15g lineto %d %.15g lineto %d %.15g",
+ psInfo.x,
+ Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y, (Tk_PostscriptInfo)&psInfo),
+ psInfo.x2,
+ Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y, (Tk_PostscriptInfo)&psInfo),
+ psInfo.x2,
+ Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2, (Tk_PostscriptInfo)&psInfo),
+ psInfo.x,
+ Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2, (Tk_PostscriptInfo)&psInfo));
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string,
+ " lineto closepath clip newpath\n", NULL);
}
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
@@ -533,10 +510,8 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
}
/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------
* Iterate through all the items, having each relevant one draw itself.
* Quit if any of the items returns an error.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
result = TCL_OK;
@@ -552,7 +527,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
continue;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "gsave\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "gsave\n", NULL);
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
@@ -563,7 +538,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
goto cleanup;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore\n", NULL);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
@@ -571,15 +546,13 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
}
/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page
- * and document trailer stuff.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
+ * document trailer stuff.
*/
if (psInfo.prolog) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore showpage\n\n",
- "%%Trailer\nend\n%%EOF\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore showpage\n\n",
+ "%%Trailer\nend\n%%EOF\n", NULL);
}
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
@@ -590,7 +563,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
* Clean up psInfo to release malloc'ed stuff.
*/
- cleanup:
+ cleanup:
if (psInfo.pageXString != NULL) {
ckfree(psInfo.pageXString);
}
@@ -631,16 +604,15 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
*
* Tk_PostscriptColor --
*
- * This procedure is called by individual canvas items when
- * they want to set a color value for output. Given information
- * about an X color, this procedure will generate Postscript
- * commands to set up an appropriate color in Postscript.
+ * This function is called by individual canvas items when they want to
+ * set a color value for output. Given information about an X color, this
+ * function will generate Postscript commands to set up an appropriate
+ * color in Postscript.
*
* Results:
- * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- * then an error message will be left in the interp's result.
- * If no error occurs, then additional Postscript will be
- * appended to the interp's result.
+ * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs then an error
+ * message will be left in the interp's result. If no error occurs, then
+ * additional Postscript will be appended to the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -649,10 +621,10 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, argc, argv)
*/
int
-Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psInfo, colorPtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Postscript info. */
- XColor *colorPtr; /* Information about color. */
+Tk_PostscriptColor(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
+ XColor *colorPtr) /* Information about color. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int tmp;
@@ -664,9 +636,8 @@ Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psInfo, colorPtr)
}
/*
- * If there is a color map defined, then look up the color's name
- * in the map and use the Postscript commands found there, if there
- * are any.
+ * If there is a color map defined, then look up the color's name in the
+ * map and use the Postscript commands found there, if there are any.
*/
if (psInfoPtr->colorVar != NULL) {
@@ -675,22 +646,21 @@ Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psInfo, colorPtr)
cmdString = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, psInfoPtr->colorVar,
Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr), 0);
if (cmdString != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cmdString, "\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cmdString, "\n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
- * No color map entry for this color. Grab the color's intensities
- * and output Postscript commands for them. Special note: X uses
- * a range of 0-65535 for intensities, but most displays only use
- * a range of 0-255, which maps to (0, 256, 512, ... 65280) in the
- * X scale. This means that there's no way to get perfect white,
- * since the highest intensity is only 65280 out of 65535. To
- * work around this problem, rescale the X intensity to a 0-255
- * scale and use that as the basis for the Postscript colors. This
- * scheme still won't work if the display only uses 4 bits per color,
- * but most diplays use at least 8 bits.
+ * No color map entry for this color. Grab the color's intensities and
+ * output Postscript commands for them. Special note: X uses a range of
+ * 0-65535 for intensities, but most displays only use a range of 0-255,
+ * which maps to (0, 256, 512, ... 65280) in the X scale. This means that
+ * there's no way to get perfect white, since the highest intensity is
+ * only 65280 out of 65535. To work around this problem, rescale the X
+ * intensity to a 0-255 scale and use that as the basis for the Postscript
+ * colors. This scheme still won't work if the display only uses 4 bits
+ * per color, but most diplays use at least 8 bits.
*/
tmp = colorPtr->red;
@@ -701,7 +671,7 @@ Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psInfo, colorPtr)
blue = ((double) (tmp >> 8))/255.0;
sprintf(string, "%.3f %.3f %.3f setrgbcolor AdjustColor\n",
red, green, blue);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -710,30 +680,29 @@ Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psInfo, colorPtr)
*
* Tk_PostscriptFont --
*
- * This procedure is called by individual canvas items when
- * they want to output text. Given information about an X
- * font, this procedure will generate Postscript commands
- * to set up an appropriate font in Postscript.
+ * This function is called by individual canvas items when they want to
+ * output text. Given information about an X font, this function will
+ * generate Postscript commands to set up an appropriate font in
+ * Postscript.
*
* Results:
- * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- * then an error message will be left in the interp's result.
- * If no error occurs, then additional Postscript will be
- * appended to the interp's result.
+ * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs then an error
+ * message will be left in the interp's result. If no error occurs, then
+ * additional Postscript will be appended to the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
- * The Postscript font name is entered into psInfoPtr->fontTable
- * if it wasn't already there.
+ * The Postscript font name is entered into psInfoPtr->fontTable if it
+ * wasn't already there.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
-Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Postscript Info. */
- Tk_Font tkfont; /* Information about font in which text
- * is to be printed. */
+Tk_PostscriptFont(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript Info. */
+ Tk_Font tkfont) /* Information about font in which text is to
+ * be printed. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
char pointString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
@@ -741,9 +710,9 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
int i, points;
/*
- * First, look up the font's name in the font map, if there is one.
- * If there is an entry for this font, it consists of a list
- * containing font name and size. Use this information.
+ * First, look up the font's name in the font map, if there is one. If
+ * there is an entry for this font, it consists of a list containing font
+ * name and size. Use this information.
*/
if (psInfoPtr->fontVar != NULL) {
@@ -755,6 +724,7 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
if (list != NULL) {
CONST char *fontname;
+
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, list, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK
|| objc != 2
|| Tcl_GetString(objv[0])[0]=='\0'
@@ -762,7 +732,7 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
|| size <= 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad font map entry for \"", name,
- "\": \"", Tcl_GetString(list), "\"", (char *) NULL);
+ "\": \"", Tcl_GetString(list), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -772,23 +742,27 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/", fontname, " findfont ",
pointString, " scalefont ", NULL);
if (strncasecmp(fontname, "Symbol", 7) != 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ISOEncode ", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ISOEncode ", NULL);
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "setfont\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "setfont\n", NULL);
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&psInfoPtr->fontTable, fontname, &i);
return TCL_OK;
}
- }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Nothing in the font map, so fall back to the old guessing technique.
+ */
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
points = Tk_PostscriptFontName(tkfont, &ds);
sprintf(pointString, "%d", points);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/", Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), " findfont ",
- pointString, " scalefont ", (char *) NULL);
+ pointString, " scalefont ", NULL);
if (strncasecmp(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), "Symbol", 7) != 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ISOEncode ", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ISOEncode ", NULL);
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "setfont\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "setfont\n", NULL);
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&psInfoPtr->fontTable, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), &i);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
@@ -800,16 +774,14 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
*
* Tk_PostscriptBitmap --
*
- * This procedure is called to output the contents of a
- * sub-region of a bitmap in proper image data format for
- * Postscript (i.e. data between angle brackets, one bit
- * per pixel).
+ * This function is called to output the contents of a sub-region of a
+ * bitmap in proper image data format for Postscript (i.e. data between
+ * angle brackets, one bit per pixel).
*
* Results:
- * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- * then an error message will be left in the interp's result.
- * If no error occurs, then additional Postscript will be
- * appended to the interp's result.
+ * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs then an error
+ * message will be left in the interp's result. If no error occurs, then
+ * additional Postscript will be appended to the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -818,16 +790,14 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, psInfo, tkfont)
*/
int
-Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width,
- height)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_Window tkwin;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Postscript info. */
- Pixmap bitmap; /* Bitmap for which to generate
- * Postscript. */
- int startX, startY; /* Coordinates of upper-left corner
- * of rectangular region to output. */
- int width, height; /* Height of rectangular region. */
+Tk_PostscriptBitmap(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
+ Pixmap bitmap, /* Bitmap for which to generate Postscript. */
+ int startX, int startY, /* Coordinates of upper-left corner of
+ * rectangular region to output. */
+ int width, int height) /* Height of rectangular region. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
XImage *imagePtr;
@@ -844,10 +814,10 @@ Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width,
/*
* The following call should probably be a call to Tk_SizeOfBitmap
- * instead, but it seems that we are occasionally invoked by custom
- * item types that create their own bitmaps without registering them
- * with Tk. XGetGeometry is a bit slower than Tk_SizeOfBitmap, but
- * it shouldn't matter here.
+ * instead, but it seems that we are occasionally invoked by custom item
+ * types that create their own bitmaps without registering them with Tk.
+ * XGetGeometry is a bit slower than Tk_SizeOfBitmap, but it shouldn't
+ * matter here.
*/
XGetGeometry(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, &dummyRoot,
@@ -855,7 +825,7 @@ Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width,
(unsigned int *) &totalHeight, &dummyBorderwidth, &dummyDepth);
imagePtr = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, 0, 0,
totalWidth, totalHeight, 1, XYPixmap);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "<", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "<", NULL);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine = 0;
@@ -869,25 +839,25 @@ Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width,
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
sprintf(string, "%02x", value);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine += 2;
if (charsInLine >= 60) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
charsInLine = 0;
}
}
}
if (mask != 0x80) {
sprintf(string, "%02x", value);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine += 2;
}
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">", NULL);
XDestroyImage(imagePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -897,18 +867,16 @@ Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width,
*
* Tk_PostscriptStipple --
*
- * This procedure is called by individual canvas items when
- * they have created a path that they'd like to be filled with
- * a stipple pattern. Given information about an X bitmap,
- * this procedure will generate Postscript commands to fill
- * the current clip region using a stipple pattern defined by the
- * bitmap.
+ * This function is called by individual canvas items when they have
+ * created a path that they'd like to be filled with a stipple pattern.
+ * Given information about an X bitmap, this function will generate
+ * Postscript commands to fill the current clip region using a stipple
+ * pattern defined by the bitmap.
*
* Results:
- * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- * then an error message will be left in the interp's result.
- * If no error occurs, then additional Postscript will be
- * appended to the interp's result.
+ * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs then an error
+ * message will be left in the interp's result. If no error occurs, then
+ * additional Postscript will be appended to the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -917,12 +885,12 @@ Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width,
*/
int
-Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_Window tkwin;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Interpreter for returning Postscript
- * or error message. */
- Pixmap bitmap; /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
+Tk_PostscriptStipple(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
+ * error message. */
+ Pixmap bitmap) /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int width, height;
@@ -937,22 +905,22 @@ Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap)
/*
* The following call should probably be a call to Tk_SizeOfBitmap
- * instead, but it seems that we are occasionally invoked by custom
- * item types that create their own bitmaps without registering them
- * with Tk. XGetGeometry is a bit slower than Tk_SizeOfBitmap, but
- * it shouldn't matter here.
+ * instead, but it seems that we are occasionally invoked by custom item
+ * types that create their own bitmaps without registering them with Tk.
+ * XGetGeometry is a bit slower than Tk_SizeOfBitmap, but it shouldn't
+ * matter here.
*/
XGetGeometry(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, &dummyRoot,
(int *) &dummyX, (int *) &dummyY, (unsigned *) &width,
(unsigned *) &height, &dummyBorderwidth, &dummyDepth);
sprintf(string, "%d %d ", width, height);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
if (Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, 0, 0,
width, height) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " StippleFill\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " StippleFill\n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -961,12 +929,13 @@ Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap)
*
* Tk_PostscriptY --
*
- * Given a y-coordinate in local coordinates, this procedure
- * returns a y-coordinate to use for Postscript output.
+ * Given a y-coordinate in local coordinates, this function returns a
+ * y-coordinate to use for Postscript output. Required because canvases
+ * have their origin in the top-left, but postscript pages have their
+ * origin in the bottom left.
*
* Results:
- * Returns the Postscript coordinate that corresponds to
- * "y".
+ * Returns the Postscript coordinate that corresponds to "y".
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -975,9 +944,9 @@ Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap)
*/
double
-Tk_PostscriptY(y, psInfo)
- double y; /* Y-coordinate in canvas coords. */
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Postscript info */
+Tk_PostscriptY(
+ double y, /* Y-coordinate in canvas coords. */
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo) /* Postscript info */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
@@ -989,8 +958,8 @@ Tk_PostscriptY(y, psInfo)
*
* Tk_PostscriptPath --
*
- * Given an array of points for a path, generate Postscript
- * commands to create the path.
+ * Given an array of points for a path, generate Postscript commands to
+ * create the path.
*
* Results:
* Postscript commands get appended to what's in the interp's result.
@@ -1002,14 +971,13 @@ Tk_PostscriptY(y, psInfo)
*/
void
-Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, psInfo, coordPtr, numPoints)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Canvas on whose behalf Postscript
- * is being generated. */
- double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to first in array of
- * 2*numPoints coordinates giving
- * points for path. */
- int numPoints; /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
+Tk_PostscriptPath(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Canvas on whose behalf Postscript is being
+ * generated. */
+ double *coordPtr, /* Pointer to first in array of 2*numPoints
+ * coordinates giving points for path. */
+ int numPoints) /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
char buffer[200];
@@ -1019,12 +987,12 @@ Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, psInfo, coordPtr, numPoints)
}
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g moveto\n", coordPtr[0],
Tk_PostscriptY(coordPtr[1], psInfo));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
for (numPoints--, coordPtr += 2; numPoints > 0;
numPoints--, coordPtr += 2) {
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g lineto\n", coordPtr[0],
Tk_PostscriptY(coordPtr[1], psInfo));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
}
@@ -1033,15 +1001,14 @@ Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, psInfo, coordPtr, numPoints)
*
* GetPostscriptPoints --
*
- * Given a string, returns the number of Postscript points
- * corresponding to that string.
+ * Given a string, returns the number of Postscript points corresponding
+ * to that string.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If
- * TCL_OK is returned, then everything went well and the
- * screen distance is stored at *doublePtr; otherwise
- * TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left in
- * the interp's result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If TCL_OK is
+ * returned, then everything went well and the screen distance is stored
+ * at *doublePtr; otherwise TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is
+ * left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1050,44 +1017,41 @@ Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, psInfo, coordPtr, numPoints)
*/
static int
-GetPostscriptPoints(interp, string, doublePtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Use this for error reporting. */
- char *string; /* String describing a screen distance. */
- double *doublePtr; /* Place to store converted result. */
+GetPostscriptPoints(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
+ char *string, /* String describing a screen distance. */
+ double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
d = strtod(string, &end);
if (end == string) {
- error:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad distance \"", string,
- "\"", (char *) NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
switch (*end) {
- case 'c':
- d *= 72.0/2.54;
- end++;
- break;
- case 'i':
- d *= 72.0;
- end++;
- break;
- case 'm':
- d *= 72.0/25.4;
- end++;
- break;
- case 0:
- break;
- case 'p':
- end++;
- break;
- default:
- goto error;
+ case 'c':
+ d *= 72.0/2.54;
+ end++;
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ d *= 72.0;
+ end++;
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ d *= 72.0/25.4;
+ end++;
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ case 'p':
+ end++;
+ break;
+ default:
+ goto error;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
@@ -1097,34 +1061,37 @@ GetPostscriptPoints(interp, string, doublePtr)
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
-}
+ error:
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad distance \"", string, "\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkImageGetColor --
*
- * This procedure converts a pixel value to three floating
- * point numbers, representing the amount of red, green, and
- * blue in that pixel on the screen. It makes use of colormap
- * data passed as an argument, and should work for all Visual
- * types.
+ * This function converts a pixel value to three floating point numbers,
+ * representing the amount of red, green, and blue in that pixel on the
+ * screen. It makes use of colormap data passed as an argument, and
+ * should work for all Visual types.
*
- * This implementation is bogus on Windows because the colormap
- * data is never filled in. Instead all postscript generated
- * data coming through here is expected to be RGB color data.
- * To handle lower bit-depth images properly, XQueryColors
- * must be implemented for Windows.
+ * This implementation is bogus on Windows because the colormap data is
+ * never filled in. Instead all postscript generated data coming through
+ * here is expected to be RGB color data. To handle lower bit-depth
+ * images properly, XQueryColors must be implemented for Windows.
*
* Results:
- * Returns red, green, and blue color values in the range
- * 0 to 1. There are no error returns.
+ * Returns red, green, and blue color values in the range 0 to 1. There
+ * are no error returns.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
#ifdef WIN32
#include <windows.h>
@@ -1133,35 +1100,41 @@ GetPostscriptPoints(interp, string, doublePtr)
#define GetRValue(rgb) ((BYTE)(rgb))
#define GetGValue(rgb) ((BYTE)(((WORD)(rgb)) >> 8))
#define GetBValue(rgb) ((BYTE)((rgb)>>16))
-*/
-#else
+ */
+
+#else /* !WIN32 */
+
#define GetRValue(rgb) ((rgb & cdata->red_mask) >> cdata->red_shift)
#define GetGValue(rgb) ((rgb & cdata->green_mask) >> cdata->green_shift)
#define GetBValue(rgb) ((rgb & cdata->blue_mask) >> cdata->blue_shift)
-#endif
+
+#endif /* WIN32 */
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
static void
-TkImageGetColor(cdata, pixel, red, green, blue)
- TkColormapData *cdata; /* Colormap data */
- unsigned long pixel; /* Pixel value to look up */
- double *red, *green, *blue; /* Color data to return */
+TkImageGetColor(
+ TkColormapData *cdata, /* Colormap data */
+ unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to look up */
+ double *red, double *green, double *blue)
+ /* Color data to return */
{
*red = (double) GetRValue(pixel) / 255.0;
*green = (double) GetGValue(pixel) / 255.0;
*blue = (double) GetBValue(pixel) / 255.0;
}
-#else
+#else /* ! (WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK) */
static void
-TkImageGetColor(cdata, pixel, red, green, blue)
- TkColormapData *cdata; /* Colormap data */
- unsigned long pixel; /* Pixel value to look up */
- double *red, *green, *blue; /* Color data to return */
+TkImageGetColor(
+ TkColormapData *cdata, /* Colormap data */
+ unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to look up */
+ double *red, double *green, double *blue)
+ /* Color data to return */
{
if (cdata->separated) {
int r = GetRValue(pixel);
int g = GetGValue(pixel);
int b = GetBValue(pixel);
+
*red = cdata->colors[r].red / 65535.0;
*green = cdata->colors[g].green / 65535.0;
*blue = cdata->colors[b].blue / 65535.0;
@@ -1171,24 +1144,22 @@ TkImageGetColor(cdata, pixel, red, green, blue)
*blue = cdata->colors[pixel].blue / 65535.0;
}
}
-#endif
-
+#endif /* WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK */
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPostscriptImage --
*
- * This procedure is called to output the contents of an
- * image in Postscript, using a format appropriate for the
- * current color mode (i.e. one bit per pixel in monochrome,
- * one byte per pixel in gray, and three bytes per pixel in
- * color).
+ * This function is called to output the contents of an image in
+ * Postscript, using a format appropriate for the current color mode
+ * (i.e. one bit per pixel in monochrome, one byte per pixel in gray, and
+ * three bytes per pixel in color).
*
* Results:
- * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- * then an error message will be left in interp->result.
- * If no error occurs, then additional Postscript will be
- * appended to interp->result.
+ * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs then an error
+ * message will be left in interp->result. If no error occurs, then
+ * additional Postscript will be appended to interp->result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1197,13 +1168,13 @@ TkImageGetColor(cdata, pixel, red, green, blue)
*/
int
-TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_Window tkwin;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* postscript info */
- XImage *ximage; /* Image to draw */
- int x, y; /* First pixel to output */
- int width, height; /* Width and height of area */
+TkPostscriptImage(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* postscript info */
+ XImage *ximage, /* Image to draw */
+ int x, int y, /* First pixel to output */
+ int width, int height) /* Width and height of area */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
char buffer[256];
@@ -1224,9 +1195,8 @@ TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin);
/*
- * Obtain information about the colormap, ie the mapping between
- * pixel values and RGB values. The code below should work
- * for all Visual types.
+ * Obtain information about the colormap, ie the mapping between pixel
+ * values and RGB values. The code below should work for all Visual types.
*/
ncolors = visual->map_entries;
@@ -1241,33 +1211,42 @@ TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
cdata.red_shift = 0;
cdata.green_shift = 0;
cdata.blue_shift = 0;
- while ((0x0001 & (cdata.red_mask >> cdata.red_shift)) == 0)
+
+ while ((0x0001 & (cdata.red_mask >> cdata.red_shift)) == 0) {
cdata.red_shift ++;
- while ((0x0001 & (cdata.green_mask >> cdata.green_shift)) == 0)
+ }
+ while ((0x0001 & (cdata.green_mask >> cdata.green_shift)) == 0) {
cdata.green_shift ++;
- while ((0x0001 & (cdata.blue_mask >> cdata.blue_shift)) == 0)
+ }
+ while ((0x0001 & (cdata.blue_mask >> cdata.blue_shift)) == 0) {
cdata.blue_shift ++;
- for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i ++)
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i ++) {
cdata.colors[i].pixel =
- ((i << cdata.red_shift) & cdata.red_mask) |
- ((i << cdata.green_shift) & cdata.green_mask) |
- ((i << cdata.blue_shift) & cdata.blue_mask);
+ ((i << cdata.red_shift) & cdata.red_mask) |
+ ((i << cdata.green_shift) & cdata.green_mask) |
+ ((i << cdata.blue_shift) & cdata.blue_mask);
+ }
} else {
cdata.separated=0;
- for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i ++)
+ for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i ++) {
cdata.colors[i].pixel = i;
+ }
}
- if (visual->class == StaticGray || visual->class == GrayScale)
+
+ if (visual->class == StaticGray || visual->class == GrayScale) {
cdata.color = 0;
- else
+ } else {
cdata.color = 1;
+ }
XQueryColors(Tk_Display(tkwin), cmap, cdata.colors, ncolors);
/*
- * Figure out which color level to use (possibly lower than the
- * one specified by the user). For example, if the user specifies
- * color with monochrome screen, use gray or monochrome mode instead.
+ * Figure out which color level to use (possibly lower than the one
+ * specified by the user). For example, if the user specifies color with
+ * monochrome screen, use gray or monochrome mode instead.
*/
if (!cdata.color && level == 2) {
@@ -1279,15 +1258,15 @@ TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
}
/*
- * Check that at least one row of the image can be represented
- * with a string less than 64 KB long (this is a limit in the
- * Postscript interpreter).
+ * Check that at least one row of the image can be represented with a
+ * string less than 64 KB long (this is a limit in the Postscript
+ * interpreter).
*/
switch (level) {
- case 0: bytesPerLine = (width + 7) / 8; maxWidth = 240000; break;
- case 1: bytesPerLine = width; maxWidth = 60000; break;
- case 2: bytesPerLine = 3 * width; maxWidth = 20000; break;
+ case 0: bytesPerLine = (width + 7) / 8; maxWidth = 240000; break;
+ case 1: bytesPerLine = width; maxWidth = 60000; break;
+ case 2: bytesPerLine = 3 * width; maxWidth = 20000; break;
}
if (bytesPerLine > 60000) {
@@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
sprintf(buffer,
"Can't generate Postscript for images more than %d pixels wide",
maxWidth);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
ckfree((char *) cdata.colors);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -1305,107 +1284,110 @@ TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
for (band = height-1; band >= 0; band -= maxRows) {
int rows = (band >= maxRows) ? maxRows : band + 1;
int lineLen = 0;
+
switch (level) {
- case 0:
- sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 1 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- break;
- case 1:
- sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 8 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- break;
- case 2:
- sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 8 matrix {\n<",
- width, rows);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- break;
+ case 0:
+ sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 1 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 8 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 8 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ break;
}
for (yy = band; yy > band - rows; yy--) {
switch (level) {
- case 0: {
- /*
- * Generate data for image in monochrome mode.
- * No attempt at dithering is made--instead, just
- * set a threshold.
- */
- unsigned char mask=0x80;
- unsigned char data=0x00;
- for (xx = x; xx< x+width; xx++) {
- TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
- &red, &green, &blue);
- if (0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue > 0.5)
- data |= mask;
- mask >>= 1;
- if (mask == 0) {
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 2;
- if (lineLen > 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
- }
- }
- if ((width % 8) != 0) {
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
+ case 0: {
+ /*
+ * Generate data for image in monochrome mode. No attempt at
+ * dithering is made--instead, just set a threshold.
+ */
+
+ unsigned char mask = 0x80;
+ unsigned char data = 0x00;
+
+ for (xx = x; xx< x+width; xx++) {
+ TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
+ &red, &green, &blue);
+ if (0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue > 0.5) {
+ data |= mask;
}
- break;
- }
- case 1: {
- /*
- * Generate data in gray mode--in this case, take a
- * weighted sum of the red, green, and blue values.
- */
- for (xx = x; xx < x+width; xx ++) {
- TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
- &red, &green, &blue);
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 *
- (0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue)));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ mask >>= 1;
+ if (mask == 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen > 60) {
lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
+ mask=0x80;
+ data=0x00;
}
- break;
}
- case 2: {
- /*
- * Finally, color mode. Here, just output the red, green,
- * and blue values directly.
- */
- for (xx = x; xx < x+width; xx++) {
- TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
- &red, &green, &blue);
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X%02X%02X",
- (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * red),
- (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * green),
- (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * blue));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 6;
- if (lineLen > 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
+ if ((width % 8) != 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ mask=0x80;
+ data=0x00;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 1:
+ /*
+ * Generate data in gray mode; in this case, take a weighted
+ * sum of the red, green, and blue values.
+ */
+
+ for (xx = x; xx < x+width; xx ++) {
+ TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
+ &red, &green, &blue);
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 *
+ (0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue)));
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 2;
+ if (lineLen > 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
- break;
}
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ /*
+ * Finally, color mode. Here, just output the red, green, and
+ * blue values directly.
+ */
+
+ for (xx = x; xx < x+width; xx++) {
+ TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
+ &red, &green, &blue);
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X%02X%02X",
+ (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * red),
+ (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * green),
+ (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * blue));
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 6;
+ if (lineLen > 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
}
}
switch (level) {
- case 0: sprintf(buffer, ">\n} image\n"); break;
- case 1: sprintf(buffer, ">\n} image\n"); break;
- case 2: sprintf(buffer, ">\n} false 3 colorimage\n"); break;
+ case 0: case 1:
+ sprintf(buffer, ">\n} image\n"); break;
+ case 2:
+ sprintf(buffer, ">\n} false 3 colorimage\n"); break;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, "0 %d translate\n", rows);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
ckfree((char *) cdata.colors);
return TCL_OK;
@@ -1416,28 +1398,28 @@ TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, psInfo, ximage, x, y, width, height)
*
* Tk_PostscriptPhoto --
*
- * This procedure is called to output the contents of a
- * photo image in Postscript, using a format appropriate for
- * the requested postscript color mode (i.e. one byte per pixel
- * in gray, and three bytes per pixel in color).
+ * This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
+ * Postscript, using a format appropriate for the requested postscript
+ * color mode (i.e. one byte per pixel in gray, and three bytes per pixel
+ * in color).
*
* Results:
- * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- * then an error message will be left in interp->result.
- * If no error occurs, then additional Postscript will be
- * appended to the interpreter's result.
+ * Returns a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs then an error
+ * message will be left in interp->result. If no error occurs, then
+ * additional Postscript will be appended to the interpreter's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
int
-Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, blockPtr, psInfo, width, height)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr;
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo;
- int width, height;
+Tk_PostscriptPhoto(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo,
+ int width, int height)
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int colorLevel = psInfoPtr->colorLevel;
@@ -1461,20 +1443,20 @@ Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, blockPtr, psInfo, width, height)
}
/*
- * Define the "TkPhoto" function, which is a modified version
- * of the original "transparentimage" function posted
- * by ian@five-d.com (Ian Kemmish) to comp.lang.postscript.
- * For a monochrome colorLevel this is a slightly different
- * version that uses the imagemask command instead of image.
+ * Define the "TkPhoto" function, which is a modified version of the
+ * original "transparentimage" function posted by ian@five-d.com (Ian
+ * Kemmish) to comp.lang.postscript. For a monochrome colorLevel this is a
+ * slightly different version that uses the imagemask command instead of
+ * image.
*/
- if( !codeIncluded && (colorLevel != 0) ) {
+ if (!codeIncluded && (colorLevel != 0)) {
/*
* Color and gray-scale code.
*/
codeIncluded = !0;
- Tcl_AppendResult( interp,
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"/TkPhoto { \n",
" gsave \n",
" 32 dict begin \n",
@@ -1543,14 +1525,14 @@ Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, blockPtr, psInfo, width, height)
" } for \n",
" end \n",
" grestore \n",
- "} bind def \n\n\n", (char *) NULL);
- } else if( !codeIncluded && (colorLevel == 0) ) {
+ "} bind def \n\n\n", NULL);
+ } else if (!codeIncluded && (colorLevel == 0)) {
/*
* Monochrome-only code
*/
codeIncluded = !0;
- Tcl_AppendResult( interp,
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"/TkPhoto { \n",
" gsave \n",
" 32 dict begin \n",
@@ -1587,27 +1569,26 @@ Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, blockPtr, psInfo, width, height)
" } for \n",
" end \n",
" grestore \n",
- "} bind def \n\n\n", (char *) NULL);
+ "} bind def \n\n\n", NULL);
}
/*
- * Check that at least one row of the image can be represented
- * with a string less than 64 KB long (this is a limit in the
- * Postscript interpreter).
+ * Check that at least one row of the image can be represented with a
+ * string less than 64 KB long (this is a limit in the Postscript
+ * interpreter).
*/
- switch (colorLevel)
- {
- case 0: bytesPerLine = (width + 7) / 8; maxWidth = 240000; break;
- case 1: bytesPerLine = width; maxWidth = 60000; break;
- case 2: bytesPerLine = 3 * width; maxWidth = 20000; break;
- }
+ switch (colorLevel) {
+ case 0: bytesPerLine = (width + 7) / 8; maxWidth = 240000; break;
+ case 1: bytesPerLine = width; maxWidth = 60000; break;
+ case 2: bytesPerLine = 3 * width; maxWidth = 20000; break;
+ }
if (bytesPerLine > 60000) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
sprintf(buffer,
"Can't generate Postscript for images more than %d pixels wide",
maxWidth);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -1616,45 +1597,37 @@ Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, blockPtr, psInfo, width, height)
*/
switch (colorLevel) {
- case 0:
- strcpy( cspace, "/DeviceGray");
- strcpy( decode, "[1 0]");
- bpc = 1;
- break;
- case 1:
- strcpy( cspace, "/DeviceGray");
- strcpy( decode, "[0 1]");
- bpc = 8;
- break;
- default:
- strcpy( cspace, "/DeviceRGB");
- strcpy( decode, "[0 1 0 1 0 1]");
- bpc = 8;
- break;
+ case 0:
+ strcpy(cspace, "/DeviceGray");
+ strcpy(decode, "[1 0]");
+ bpc = 1;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ strcpy(cspace, "/DeviceGray");
+ strcpy(decode, "[0 1]");
+ bpc = 8;
+ break;
+ default:
+ strcpy(cspace, "/DeviceRGB");
+ strcpy(decode, "[0 1 0 1 0 1]");
+ bpc = 8;
+ break;
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- cspace, " setcolorspace\n\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cspace, " setcolorspace\n\n", NULL);
- sprintf(buffer,
- " /Width %d\n /Height %d\n /BitsPerComponent %d\n",
+ sprintf(buffer, " /Width %d\n /Height %d\n /BitsPerComponent %d\n",
width, height, bpc);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "<<\n /ImageType 1\n", buffer,
- " /DataSource currentfile",
- " /ASCIIHexDecode filter\n", (char *) NULL);
-
-
- sprintf(buffer,
- " /ImageMatrix [1 0 0 -1 0 %d]\n", height);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer,
- " /Decode ", decode, "\n>>\n1 TkPhoto\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "<<\n /ImageType 1\n", buffer,
+ " /DataSource currentfile /ASCIIHexDecode filter\n", NULL);
+ sprintf(buffer, " /ImageMatrix [1 0 0 -1 0 %d]\n", height);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, " /Decode ", decode,
+ "\n>>\n1 TkPhoto\n", NULL);
/*
- * Check the PhotoImageBlock information.
- * We assume that:
+ * Check the PhotoImageBlock information. We assume that:
* if pixelSize is 1,2 or 4, the image is R,G,B,A;
* if pixelSize is 3, the image is R,G,B and offset[3] is bogus.
*/
@@ -1677,198 +1650,192 @@ Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, blockPtr, psInfo, width, height)
alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3];
}
-
for (yy = 0, lineLen=0; yy < height; yy++) {
switch (colorLevel) {
- case 0: {
- /*
- * Generate data for image in monochrome mode.
- * No attempt at dithering is made--instead, just
- * set a threshold.
- * To handle transparecies we need to output two lines:
- * one for the black pixels, one for the white ones.
- */
+ case 0: {
+ /*
+ * Generate data for image in monochrome mode. No attempt at
+ * dithering is made--instead, just set a threshold. To handle
+ * transparecies we need to output two lines: one for the black
+ * pixels, one for the white ones.
+ */
- unsigned char mask=0x80;
- unsigned char data=0x00;
- for (xx = 0; xx< width; xx ++) {
- pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr
- + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ unsigned char mask = 0x80;
+ unsigned char data = 0x00;
+
+ for (xx = 0; xx< width; xx ++) {
+ pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ (xx *blockPtr->pixelSize);
- red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
- green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
- blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
+ red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
+ green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
+ blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
- alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
- + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
+ alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
+ + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
- /*
- * If pixel is less than threshold, then it is black.
- */
+ /*
+ * If pixel is less than threshold, then it is black.
+ */
- if ((alpha != 0) &&
- ( 0.3086 * red
- + 0.6094 * green
- + 0.082 * blue < 128)) {
- data |= mask;
- }
- mask >>= 1;
- if (mask == 0) {
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 2;
- if (lineLen >= 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
- }
+ if ((alpha != 0) &&
+ (0.3086*red + 0.6094*green + 0.082*blue < 128)) {
+ data |= mask;
}
- if ((width % 8) != 0) {
+ mask >>= 1;
+ if (mask == 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 2;
+ if (lineLen >= 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
+ }
+ mask = 0x80;
+ data = 0x00;
}
+ }
+ if ((width % 8) != 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ mask = 0x80;
+ data = 0x00;
+ }
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
- for (xx = 0; xx< width; xx ++) {
- pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr
- + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ mask = 0x80;
+ data = 0x00;
+ for (xx=0 ; xx<width ; xx++) {
+ pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ (xx *blockPtr->pixelSize);
- red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
- green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
- blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
-
- alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
- + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
-
- /*
- * If pixel is greater than threshold, then it is white.
- */
-
- if ((alpha != 0) &&
- ( 0.3086 * red
- + 0.6094 * green
- + 0.082 * blue >= 128)) {
- data |= mask;
- }
- mask >>= 1;
- if (mask == 0) {
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 2;
- if (lineLen >= 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
- }
- }
- if ((width % 8) != 0) {
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- mask=0x80;
- data=0x00;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 1: {
+ red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
+ green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
+ blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
+
+ alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
+ + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
+
/*
- * Generate transparency data.
- * We must prevent a transparent value of 0
- * because of a bug in some HP printers.
+ * If pixel is greater than threshold, then it is white.
*/
- for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
- alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
- + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", alpha | 0x01);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ if ((alpha != 0) &&
+ (0.3086*red + 0.6094*green + 0.082*blue >= 128)) {
+ data |= mask;
+ }
+ mask >>= 1;
+ if (mask == 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
+ mask = 0x80;
+ data = 0x00;
}
+ }
+ if ((width % 8) != 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ mask = 0x80;
+ data = 0x00;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 1: {
+ /*
+ * Generate transparency data. We must prevent a transparent value
+ * of 0 because of a bug in some HP printers.
+ */
+ for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
+ alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
+ + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", alpha | 0x01);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 2;
+ if (lineLen >= 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
+ }
+ }
- /*
- * Generate data in gray mode--in this case, take a
- * weighted sum of the red, green, and blue values.
- */
+ /*
+ * Generate data in gray mode; in this case, take a weighted sum
+ * of the red, green, and blue values.
+ */
- for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
- pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr
- + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
+ pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ (xx *blockPtr->pixelSize);
- red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
- green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
- blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
-
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", (int) floor(0.5 +
- ( 0.3086 * red + 0.6094 * green + 0.0820 * blue)));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 2;
- if (lineLen >= 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
+ red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
+ green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
+ blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
+
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", (int) floor(0.5 +
+ ( 0.3086 * red + 0.6094 * green + 0.0820 * blue)));
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 2;
+ if (lineLen >= 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
- break;
}
- default: {
- /*
- * Generate transparency data.
- * We must prevent a transparent value of 0
- * because of a bug in some HP printers.
- */
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ /*
+ * Generate transparency data. We must prevent a transparent value
+ * of 0 because of a bug in some HP printers.
+ */
- for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
- alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
- + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X", alpha | 0x01);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 2;
- if (lineLen >= 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
+ for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
+ alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
+ + (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X", alpha | 0x01);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 2;
+ if (lineLen >= 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
+ }
+ /*
+ * Finally, color mode. Here, just output the red, green, and blue
+ * values directly.
+ */
- /*
- * Finally, color mode. Here, just output the red, green,
- * and blue values directly.
- */
-
- for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
- pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr
- + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
- + (xx *blockPtr->pixelSize);
-
- sprintf(buffer, "%02X%02X%02X",
- pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]],
- pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]],
- pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]]);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
- lineLen += 6;
- if (lineLen >= 60) {
- lineLen = 0;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *) NULL);
- }
+ for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
+ pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ + (xx * blockPtr->pixelSize);
+
+ sprintf(buffer, "%02X%02X%02X",
+ pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]],
+ pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]],
+ pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]]);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
+ lineLen += 6;
+ if (lineLen >= 60) {
+ lineLen = 0;
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
- break;
}
+ break;
}
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">\n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvText.c b/generic/tkCanvText.c
index 8cd3a4e..05ff604 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvText.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvText.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvText.c --
*
* This file implements text items for canvas widgets.
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvText.c,v 1.18 2005/08/10 22:02:22 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvText.c,v 1.19 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,17 +24,17 @@
typedef struct TextItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
- * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
+ * types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
/* Pointer to a structure containing
* information about the selection and
- * insertion cursor. The structure is owned
- * by (and shared with) the generic canvas
+ * insertion cursor. The structure is owned by
+ * (and shared with) the generic canvas
* code. */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
-
+
double x, y; /* Positioning point for text. */
int insertPos; /* Character index of character just before
* which the insertion cursor is displayed. */
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ typedef struct TextItem {
Pixmap activeStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap disabledStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
char *text; /* Text for item (malloc-ed). */
- int width; /* Width of lines for word-wrap, pixels.
- * Zero means no word-wrap. */
+ int width; /* Width of lines for word-wrap, pixels. Zero
+ * means no word-wrap. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
@@ -65,17 +65,17 @@ typedef struct TextItem {
int numChars; /* Length of text in characters. */
int numBytes; /* Length of text in bytes. */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
- int leftEdge; /* Pixel location of the left edge of the
- * text item; where the left border of the
- * text layout is drawn. */
- int rightEdge; /* Pixel just to right of right edge of
- * area of text item. Used for selecting up
- * to end of line. */
+ int leftEdge; /* Pixel location of the left edge of the text
+ * item; where the left border of the text
+ * layout is drawn. */
+ int rightEdge; /* Pixel just to right of right edge of area
+ * of text item. Used for selecting up to end
+ * of line. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for drawing text. */
GC selTextGC; /* Graphics context for selected text. */
GC cursorOffGC; /* If not None, this gives a graphics context
* to use to draw the insertion cursor when
- * it's off. Used if the selection and
+ * it's off. Used if the selection and
* insertion cursor colors are the same. */
} TextItem;
@@ -97,89 +97,84 @@ static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- "center", Tk_Offset(TextItem, anchor),
- TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
+ "center", Tk_Offset(TextItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT, Tk_Offset(TextItem, tkfont), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- "left", Tk_Offset(TextItem, justify),
- TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
+ "left", Tk_Offset(TextItem, justify), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
- &stateOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TextItem, text), 0},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * Prototypes for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static void ComputeTextBbox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- TextItem *textPtr));
-static int ConfigureText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static void ComputeTextBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, TextItem *textPtr);
+static int ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags));
-static int CreateText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+static int CreateText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void DeleteText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
-static void DisplayCanvText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void DeleteText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
+static void DisplayCanvText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
- int x, int y, int width, int height));
-static int GetSelText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static int GetSelText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int offset, char *buffer,
- int maxBytes));
-static int GetTextIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ int maxBytes);
+static int GetTextIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr));
-static void ScaleText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
+static void ScaleText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
- double scaleX, double scaleY));
-static void SetTextCursor _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index));
-static int TextCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ double scaleX, double scaleY);
+static void SetTextCursor(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index);
+static int TextCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void TextDeleteChars _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last));
-static void TextInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, char *string));
-static int TextToArea _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
-static double TextToPoint _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr));
-static int TextToPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
-static void TranslateText _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
+ int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void TextDeleteChars(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
+static void TextInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, char *string);
+static int TextToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
+static double TextToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
+static int TextToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
+static void TranslateText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
- * The structures below defines the rectangle and oval item types
- * by means of procedures that can be invoked by generic item code.
+ * The structures below defines the rectangle and oval item types by means of
+ * functions that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkTextType = {
@@ -202,7 +197,7 @@ Tk_ItemType tkTextType = {
GetSelText, /* selectionProc */
TextInsert, /* insertProc */
TextDeleteChars, /* dTextProc */
- (Tk_ItemType *) NULL, /* nextPtr */
+ NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
@@ -210,14 +205,12 @@ Tk_ItemType tkTextType = {
*
* CreateText --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to create a new text item
- * in a canvas.
+ * This function is invoked to create a new text item in a canvas.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in
- * creating the item then an error message is left in
- * the interp's result; in this case itemPtr is left uninitialized
- * so it can be safely freed by the caller.
+ * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in creating the item
+ * then an error message is left in the interp's result; in this case
+ * itemPtr is left uninitialized so it can be safely freed by the caller.
*
* Side effects:
* A new text item is created.
@@ -226,13 +219,13 @@ Tk_ItemType tkTextType = {
*/
static int
-CreateText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas to hold new item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Record to hold new item; header has been
+CreateText(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
@@ -243,7 +236,7 @@ CreateText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
/*
* Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean up after
- * errors during the the remainder of this procedure.
+ * errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
textPtr->textInfoPtr = Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo(canvas);
@@ -275,8 +268,8 @@ CreateText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
textPtr->cursorOffGC = None;
/*
- * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
- * Only 1 (list) or 2 (x y) coords are allowed.
+ * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
+ * y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
@@ -295,7 +288,7 @@ CreateText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
}
- error:
+ error:
DeleteText(canvas, itemPtr, Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -305,9 +298,8 @@ CreateText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* TextCoords --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "coords" widget
- * command on text items. See the user documentation for
- * details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "coords" widget command on
+ * text items. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR, and sets the interp's result.
@@ -319,18 +311,19 @@ CreateText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-TextCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
+TextCoords(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
- int objc; /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
+
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(textPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(textPtr->y);
@@ -357,7 +350,7 @@ TextCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
} else {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
-
+
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -370,28 +363,28 @@ TextCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ConfigureText --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to configure various aspects
- * of a text item, such as its border and background colors.
+ * This function is invoked to configure various aspects of a text item,
+ * such as its border and background colors.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then
- * an error message is left in the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then an error message
+ * is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
- * Configuration information, such as colors and stipple
- * patterns, may be set for itemPtr.
+ * Configuration information, such as colors and stipple patterns, may be
+ * set for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
-ConfigureText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
- int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
- int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+ConfigureText(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
+ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
@@ -411,8 +404,8 @@ ConfigureText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
}
/*
- * A few of the options require additional processing, such as
- * graphics contexts.
+ * A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
+ * contexts.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -497,14 +490,14 @@ ConfigureText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
/*
- * If the text was changed, move the selection and insertion indices
- * to keep them inside the item.
+ * If the text was changed, move the selection and insertion indices to
+ * keep them inside the item.
*/
textPtr->numBytes = strlen(textPtr->text);
textPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(textPtr->text, textPtr->numBytes);
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
-
+
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst >= textPtr->numChars) {
textInfoPtr->selItemPtr = NULL;
} else {
@@ -530,8 +523,8 @@ ConfigureText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*
* DeleteText --
*
- * This procedure is called to clean up the data structure
- * associated with a text item.
+ * This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
+ * a text item.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -543,10 +536,10 @@ ConfigureText(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*/
static void
-DeleteText(canvas, itemPtr, display)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being deleted. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing window for canvas. */
+DeleteText(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
+ Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -590,26 +583,25 @@ DeleteText(canvas, itemPtr, display)
*
* ComputeTextBbox --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to compute the bounding box of
- * all the pixels that may be drawn as part of a text item.
- * In addition, it recomputes all of the geometry information
- * used to display a text item or check for mouse hits.
+ * This function is invoked to compute the bounding box of all the pixels
+ * that may be drawn as part of a text item. In addition, it recomputes
+ * all of the geometry information used to display a text item or check
+ * for mouse hits.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header
- * for itemPtr, and the linePtr structure is regenerated
- * for itemPtr.
+ * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr,
+ * and the linePtr structure is regenerated for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- TextItem *textPtr; /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
+ComputeTextBbox(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ TextItem *textPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
int leftX, topY, width, height, fudge;
@@ -629,57 +621,56 @@ ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr)
}
/*
- * Use overall geometry information to compute the top-left corner
- * of the bounding box for the text item.
+ * Use overall geometry information to compute the top-left corner of the
+ * bounding box for the text item.
*/
leftX = (int) floor(textPtr->x + 0.5);
topY = (int) floor(textPtr->y + 0.5);
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- break;
-
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- topY -= height / 2;
- break;
-
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- topY -= height;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ break;
+
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ topY -= height / 2;
+ break;
+
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ topY -= height;
+ break;
}
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- leftX -= width / 2;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ leftX -= width / 2;
+ break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- leftX -= width;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ leftX -= width;
+ break;
}
textPtr->leftEdge = leftX;
textPtr->rightEdge = leftX + width;
/*
- * Last of all, update the bounding box for the item. The item's
- * bounding box includes the bounding box of all its lines, plus
- * an extra fudge factor for the cursor border (which could
- * potentially be quite large).
+ * Last of all, update the bounding box for the item. The item's bounding
+ * box includes the bounding box of all its lines, plus an extra fudge
+ * factor for the cursor border (which could potentially be quite large).
*/
textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
@@ -698,26 +689,26 @@ ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr)
*
* DisplayCanvText --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to draw a text item in a given
- * drawable.
+ * This function is invoked to draw a text item in a given drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation
- * information in canvas.
+ * ItemPtr is drawn in drawable using the transformation information in
+ * canvas.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to be displayed. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw item. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
- int x, y, width, height; /* Describes region of canvas that must be
+DisplayCanvText(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
+ int x, int y, int width, int height)
+ /* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
@@ -749,8 +740,8 @@ DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
}
/*
- * If we're stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be
- * sure to reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be
+ * If we're stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure
+ * to reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be
* read-only.
*/
@@ -792,7 +783,7 @@ DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
for (y = yFirst ; y <= yLast; y += height) {
if (y == yLast) {
width = xLast + wLast - x;
- } else {
+ } else {
width = textPtr->rightEdge - textPtr->leftEdge - x;
}
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas,
@@ -811,11 +802,11 @@ DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
/*
* If the insertion point should be displayed, then draw a special
- * background for the cursor before drawing the text. Note: if
- * we're the cursor item but the cursor is turned off, then redraw
- * background over the area of the cursor. This guarantees that
- * the selection won't make the cursor invisible on mono displays,
- * where both are drawn in the same color.
+ * background for the cursor before drawing the text. Note: if we're the
+ * cursor item but the cursor is turned off, then redraw background over
+ * the area of the cursor. This guarantees that the selection won't make
+ * the cursor invisible on mono displays, where both are drawn in the same
+ * color.
*/
if ((textInfoPtr->focusItemPtr == itemPtr) && (textInfoPtr->gotFocus)) {
@@ -836,11 +827,10 @@ DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
textInfoPtr->insertBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
} else if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != None) {
/*
- * Redraw the background over the area of the cursor,
- * even though the cursor is turned off. This
- * guarantees that the selection won't make the cursor
- * invisible on mono displays, where both may be drawn
- * in the same color.
+ * Redraw the background over the area of the cursor, even
+ * though the cursor is turned off. This guarantees that the
+ * selection won't make the cursor invisible on mono displays,
+ * where both may be drawn in the same color.
*/
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, textPtr->cursorOffGC,
@@ -851,16 +841,14 @@ DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
}
}
-
/*
- * If there is no selected text or the selected text foreground
- * is the same as the regular text foreground, then draw one
- * text string. If there is selected text and the foregrounds
- * differ, draw the regular text up to the selection, draw
- * the selection, then draw the rest of the regular text.
- * Drawing the regular text and then the selected text over
- * it would causes problems with anti-aliased text because the
- * two anti-aliasing colors would blend together.
+ * If there is no selected text or the selected text foreground is the
+ * same as the regular text foreground, then draw one text string. If
+ * there is selected text and the foregrounds differ, draw the regular
+ * text up to the selection, draw the selection, then draw the rest of the
+ * regular text. Drawing the regular text and then the selected text over
+ * it would causes problems with anti-aliased text because the two
+ * anti-aliasing colors would blend together.
*/
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, (double) textPtr->leftEdge,
@@ -895,20 +883,19 @@ DisplayCanvText(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, x, y, width, height)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The text in the given item is modified. The cursor and
- * selection positions are also modified to reflect the
- * insertion.
+ * The text in the given item is modified. The cursor and selection
+ * positions are also modified to reflect the insertion.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TextInsert(canvas, itemPtr, index, string)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing text item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Text item to be modified. */
- int index; /* Character index before which string is
- * to be inserted. */
- char *string; /* New characters to be inserted. */
+TextInsert(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item to be modified. */
+ int index, /* Character index before which string is to
+ * be inserted. */
+ char *string) /* New characters to be inserted. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, byteCount, charsAdded;
@@ -944,7 +931,7 @@ TextInsert(canvas, itemPtr, index, string)
/*
* Inserting characters invalidates indices such as those for the
- * selection and cursor. Update the indices appropriately.
+ * selection and cursor. Update the indices appropriately.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
@@ -976,21 +963,20 @@ TextInsert(canvas, itemPtr, index, string)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Characters between "first" and "last", inclusive, get
- * deleted from itemPtr, and things like the selection
- * position get updated.
+ * Characters between "first" and "last", inclusive, get deleted from
+ * itemPtr, and things like the selection position get updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TextDeleteChars(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item in which to delete characters. */
- int first; /* Character index of first character to
+TextDeleteChars(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
+ int first, /* Character index of first character to
* delete. */
- int last; /* Character index of last character to
- * delete (inclusive). */
+ int last) /* Character index of last character to delete
+ * (inclusive). */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, byteCount, charsRemoved;
@@ -1012,7 +998,7 @@ TextDeleteChars(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, first) - text;
byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text + byteIndex, charsRemoved)
- (text + byteIndex);
-
+
new = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (textPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount));
memcpy(new, text, (size_t) byteIndex);
strcpy(new + byteIndex, text + byteIndex + byteCount);
@@ -1023,8 +1009,8 @@ TextDeleteChars(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
textPtr->numBytes -= byteCount;
/*
- * Update indexes for the selection and cursor to reflect the
- * renumbering of the remaining characters.
+ * Update indexes for the selection and cursor to reflect the renumbering
+ * of the remaining characters.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
@@ -1066,14 +1052,14 @@ TextDeleteChars(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
*
* TextToPoint --
*
- * Computes the distance from a given point to a given
- * text item, in canvas units.
+ * Computes the distance from a given point to a given text item, in
+ * canvas units.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates
- * are pointPtr[0] and pointPtr[1] is inside the text item. If
- * the point isn't inside the text item then the return value
- * is the distance from the point to the text item.
+ * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates are
+ * pointPtr[0] and pointPtr[1] is inside the text item. If the point
+ * isn't inside the text item then the return value is the distance from
+ * the point to the text item.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1082,10 +1068,10 @@ TextDeleteChars(canvas, itemPtr, first, last)
*/
static double
-TextToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against point. */
- double *pointPtr; /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
+TextToPoint(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
+ double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -1111,14 +1097,13 @@ TextToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*
* TextToArea --
*
- * This procedure is called to determine whether an item
- * lies entirely inside, entirely outside, or overlapping
- * a given rectangle.
+ * This function is called to determine whether an item lies entirely
+ * inside, entirely outside, or overlapping a given rectangle.
*
* Results:
- * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area
- * given by rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely
- * inside the given area.
+ * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area given by
+ * rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely inside the given
+ * area.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1127,11 +1112,11 @@ TextToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*/
static int
-TextToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against rectangle. */
- double *rectPtr; /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
- * (x1, y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular
+TextToArea(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
+ double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
+ * (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
@@ -1154,26 +1139,27 @@ TextToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*
* ScaleText --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to rescale a text item.
+ * This function is invoked to rescale a text item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Scales the position of the text, but not the size
- * of the font for the text.
+ * Scales the position of the text, but not the size of the font for the
+ * text.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
-ScaleText(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
- double originX, originY; /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
- double scaleX; /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
- double scaleY; /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
+ScaleText(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
+ double originX, double originY,
+ /* Origin about which to scale rect. */
+ double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
+ double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -1188,25 +1174,24 @@ ScaleText(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*
* TranslateText --
*
- * This procedure is called to move a text item by a
- * given amount.
+ * This function is called to move a text item by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The position of the text item is offset by (xDelta, yDelta),
- * and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
- * item structure.
+ * The position of the text item is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and the
+ * bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item structure.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TranslateText(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being moved. */
- double deltaX, deltaY; /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
+TranslateText(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being moved. */
+ double deltaX, double deltaY)
+ /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -1220,14 +1205,13 @@ TranslateText(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*
* GetTextIndex --
*
- * Parse an index into a text item and return either its value
- * or an error.
+ * Parse an index into a text item and return either its value or an
+ * error.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is
- * filled in with the index (into itemPtr) corresponding to
- * string. Otherwise an error message is left in
- * the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is filled in
+ * with the index (into itemPtr) corresponding to string. Otherwise an
+ * error message is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1236,14 +1220,14 @@ TranslateText(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*/
static int
-GetTextIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which the index is being
+GetTextIndex(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
- Tcl_Obj *obj; /* Specification of a particular character
- * in itemPtr's text. */
- int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted character
+ Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular character in
+ * itemPtr's text. */
+ int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted character
* index. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -1294,7 +1278,7 @@ GetTextIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(textPtr->textLayout,
x + canvasPtr->scrollX1 - textPtr->leftEdge,
y + canvasPtr->scrollY1 - textPtr->header.y1);
- } else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, obj, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
+ } else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, obj, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > textPtr->numChars) {
@@ -1302,14 +1286,13 @@ GetTextIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
}
} else {
/*
- * Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result,
- * so we have to clear it out before storing our own message.
+ * Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result, so we
+ * have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
- badIndex:
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *) NULL);
+ badIndex:
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
@@ -1333,11 +1316,11 @@ GetTextIndex(interp, canvas, itemPtr, obj, indexPtr)
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
-SetTextCursor(canvas, itemPtr, index)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Record describing canvas widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Text item in which cursor position is to
- * be set. */
- int index; /* Character index of character just before
+SetTextCursor(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Record describing canvas widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item in which cursor position is to be
+ * set. */
+ int index) /* Character index of character just before
* which cursor is to be positioned. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -1356,15 +1339,14 @@ SetTextCursor(canvas, itemPtr, index)
*
* GetSelText --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to return the selected portion
- * of a text item. It is only called when this item has
- * the selection.
+ * This function is invoked to return the selected portion of a text
+ * item. It is only called when this item has the selection.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is the number of non-NULL bytes stored
- * at buffer. Buffer is filled (or partially filled) with a
- * NULL-terminated string containing part or all of the selection,
- * as given by offset and maxBytes.
+ * The return value is the number of non-NULL bytes stored at buffer.
+ * Buffer is filled (or partially filled) with a NULL-terminated string
+ * containing part or all of the selection, as given by offset and
+ * maxBytes.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1373,18 +1355,18 @@ SetTextCursor(canvas, itemPtr, index)
*/
static int
-GetSelText(canvas, itemPtr, offset, buffer, maxBytes)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing selection. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Text item containing selection. */
- int offset; /* Byte offset within selection of first
+GetSelText(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing selection. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item containing selection. */
+ int offset, /* Byte offset within selection of first
* character to be returned. */
- char *buffer; /* Location in which to place selection. */
- int maxBytes; /* Maximum number of bytes to place at
- * buffer, not including terminating NULL
+ char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
+ int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
+ * not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
- int byteCount;
+ int byteCount;
char *text;
CONST char *selStart, *selEnd;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
@@ -1414,15 +1396,13 @@ GetSelText(canvas, itemPtr, offset, buffer, maxBytes)
*
* TextToPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * text items.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for text items.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in the interp's result, replacing whatever used
- * to be there. If no error occurs, then Postscript for the
- * item is appended to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in the interp's
+ * result, replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the item is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -1431,13 +1411,13 @@ GetSelText(canvas, itemPtr, offset, buffer, maxBytes)
*/
static int
-TextToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
- int prepass; /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect
- * font information; 0 means final Postscript
- * is being created. */
+TextToPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
+ int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
+ * information; 0 means final Postscript is
+ * being created. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int x, y;
@@ -1448,7 +1428,7 @@ TextToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
- if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
+ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
color = textPtr->color;
@@ -1482,41 +1462,48 @@ TextToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/StippleText {\n ",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/StippleText {\n ", NULL);
Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "} bind def\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "} bind def\n", NULL);
}
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g [\n", textPtr->x,
Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, textPtr->y));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(interp, textPtr->textLayout);
x = 0; y = 0; justify = NULL; /* lint. */
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW: x = 0; y = 0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N: x = 1; y = 0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x = 2; y = 0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E: x = 2; y = 1; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x = 2; y = 2; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S: x = 1; y = 2; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW: x = 0; y = 2; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W: x = 0; y = 1; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x = 1; y = 1; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW: x = 0; y = 0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N: x = 1; y = 0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x = 2; y = 0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E: x = 2; y = 1; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x = 2; y = 2; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S: x = 1; y = 2; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW: x = 0; y = 2; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W: x = 0; y = 1; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x = 1; y = 1; break;
}
switch (textPtr->justify) {
- case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: justify = "0"; break;
- case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: justify = "0.5";break;
- case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: justify = "1"; break;
+ case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: justify = "0"; break;
+ case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: justify = "0.5"; break;
+ case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: justify = "1"; break;
}
Tk_GetFontMetrics(textPtr->tkfont, &fm);
sprintf(buffer, "] %d %g %g %s %s DrawText\n",
fm.linespace, x / -2.0, y / 2.0, justify,
((stipple == None) ? "false" : "true"));
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
index c249243..8cad646 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* tkCanvUtil.c --
*
- * This procedure contains a collection of utility procedures used by the
+ * This file contains a collection of utility functions used by the
* implementations of various canvas item types.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvUtil.c,v 1.13 2005/10/17 20:23:29 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvUtil.c,v 1.14 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ static void TranslateAndAppendCoords(TkCanvas *canvPtr,
*
* Tk_CanvasTkwin --
*
- * Given a token for a canvas, this procedure returns the widget that
+ * Given a token for a canvas, this function returns the widget that
* represents the canvas.
*
* Results:
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Tk_CanvasTkwin(
*
* Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords --
*
- * Given an (x,y) coordinate pair within a canvas, this procedure
+ * Given an (x,y) coordinate pair within a canvas, this function
* returns the corresponding coordinates at which the point should
* be drawn in the drawable used for display.
*
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(
*
* Tk_CanvasWindowCoords --
*
- * Given an (x,y) coordinate pair within a canvas, this procedure returns
+ * Given an (x,y) coordinate pair within a canvas, this function returns
* the corresponding coordinates in the canvas's window.
*
* Results:
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(
*
* Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin --
*
- * This procedure sets the stipple origin in a graphics context so that
+ * This function sets the stipple origin in a graphics context so that
* stipples drawn with the GC will line up with other stipples previously
* drawn in the canvas.
*
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(
*
* Tk_CanvasSetOffset--
*
- * This procedure sets the stipple offset in a graphics context so that
+ * This function sets the stipple offset in a graphics context so that
* stipples drawn with the GC will line up with other stipples with the
* same offset.
*
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Tk_CanvasSetOffset(
*
* Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo --
*
- * This procedure returns a pointer to a structure containing information
+ * This function returns a pointer to a structure containing information
* about the selection and insertion cursor for a canvas widget. Items
* such as text items save the pointer and use it to share access to the
* information with the generic canvas code.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo(
*
* Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked during option processing to handle "-tags"
+ * This function is invoked during option processing to handle "-tags"
* options for canvas items.
*
* Results:
@@ -449,14 +449,14 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(
*
* Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
+ * This function is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
* printable string for the "-tags" configuration option for canvas
* items.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a string describing all the tags for the item
* referred to by "widgRec". In addition, *freeProcPtr is filled in with
- * the address of a procedure to call to free the result string when it's
+ * the address of a function to call to free the result string when it's
* no longer needed (or NULL to indicate that the string doesn't need to
* be freed).
*
@@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(
register Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec;
if (itemPtr->numTags == 0) {
- *freeProcPtr = (Tcl_FreeProc *) NULL;
+ *freeProcPtr = NULL;
return "";
}
if (itemPtr->numTags == 1) {
- *freeProcPtr = (Tcl_FreeProc *) NULL;
+ *freeProcPtr = NULL;
return (char *) itemPtr->tagPtr[0];
}
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(
*
* TkCanvasDashParseProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked during option processing to handle "-dash",
+ * This function is invoked during option processing to handle "-dash",
* "-activedash" and "-disableddash" options for canvas objects.
*
* Results:
@@ -525,14 +525,14 @@ TkCanvasDashParseProc(
*
* TkCanvasDashPrintProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
+ * This function is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
* printable string for the "-dash", "-activedash" and "-disableddash"
* configuration options for canvas items.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a string describing all the dash list for the item
* referred to by "widgRec"and "offset". In addition, *freeProcPtr is
- * filled in with the address of a procedure to call to free the result
+ * filled in with the address of a function to call to free the result
* string when it's no longer needed (or NULL to indicate that the string
* doesn't need to be freed).
*
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ TkCanvasDashPrintProc(
buffer[i] = 0;
return buffer;
} else if (!i) {
- *freeProcPtr = (Tcl_FreeProc *) NULL;
+ *freeProcPtr = NULL;
return "";
}
buffer = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (4*i));
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ TkCanvasDashPrintProc(
*
* InitSmoothMethods --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to set up the initial state of the list of
+ * This function is invoked to set up the initial state of the list of
* "-smooth" methods. It should only be called when the list installed
* in the interpreter is NULL.
*
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ InitSmoothMethods(
*
* Tk_CreateSmoothMethod --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to add additional values for the "-smooth"
+ * This function is invoked to add additional values for the "-smooth"
* option to the list.
*
* Results:
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod",
- (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **) NULL);
+ NULL);
/*
* Initialize if we were not previously initialized.
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
*
* SmoothMethodCleanupProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked whenever an interpreter is deleted to
+ * This function is invoked whenever an interpreter is deleted to
* cleanup the smooth methods.
*
* Results:
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ SmoothMethodCleanupProc(
*
* TkSmoothParseProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked during option processing to handle the
+ * This function is invoked during option processing to handle the
* "-smooth" option.
*
* Results:
@@ -747,12 +747,12 @@ TkSmoothParseProc(
SmoothAssocData *methods;
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
- *smoothPtr = (Tk_SmoothMethod *) NULL;
+ *smoothPtr = NULL;
return TCL_OK;
}
length = strlen(value);
methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod",
- (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **) NULL);
+ NULL);
/*
* Not initialized yet; fix that now.
@@ -774,11 +774,11 @@ TkSmoothParseProc(
* Search the list of installed smooth methods.
*/
- while (methods != (SmoothAssocData *) NULL) {
+ while (methods != NULL) {
if (strncmp(value, methods->smooth.name, length) == 0) {
- if (smooth != (Tk_SmoothMethod *) NULL) {
+ if (smooth != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous smooth method \"", value,
- "\"", (char *) NULL);
+ "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
smooth = &methods->smooth;
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ TkSmoothParseProc(
if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, (char *) value, &b) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- *smoothPtr = b ? &tkBezierSmoothMethod : (Tk_SmoothMethod*) NULL;
+ *smoothPtr = b ? &tkBezierSmoothMethod : NULL;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
@@ -805,13 +805,13 @@ TkSmoothParseProc(
*
* TkSmoothPrintProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
+ * This function is invoked by the Tk configuration code to produce a
* printable string for the "-smooth" configuration option.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a string describing the smooth option for the item
* referred to by "widgRec". In addition, *freeProcPtr is filled in with
- * the address of a procedure to call to free the result string when it's
+ * the address of a function to call to free the result string when it's
* no longer needed (or NULL to indicate that the string doesn't need to
* be freed).
*
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ TkSmoothPrintProc(
*
* Tk_GetDash
*
- * This procedure is used to parse a string, assuming it is dash
+ * This function is used to parse a string, assuming it is dash
* information.
*
* Results:
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ Tk_GetDash(
CONST char **largv, **argv = NULL;
char *pt;
- if ((value==(char *) NULL) || (*value==0) ) {
+ if ((value==NULL) || (*value==0) ) {
dash->number = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ Tk_GetDash(
switch (*value) {
case '.': case ',': case '-': case '_':
- i = DashConvert((char *) NULL, value, -1, 0.0);
+ i = DashConvert(NULL, value, -1, 0.0);
if (i>0) {
i = strlen(value);
} else {
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ Tk_GetDash(
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"expected integer in the range 1..255 but got \"",
- *largv, "\"", (char *) NULL);
+ *largv, "\"", NULL);
goto syntaxError;
}
*pt++ = i;
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ Tk_GetDash(
badDashList:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad dash list \"", value,
"\": must be a list of integers or a format like \"-..\"",
- (char *) NULL);
+ NULL);
syntaxError:
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ Tk_GetDash(
*
* Tk_CreateOutline
*
- * This procedure initializes the Tk_Outline structure with default
+ * This function initializes the Tk_Outline structure with default
* values.
*
* Results:
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ Tk_CreateOutline(
*
* Tk_DeleteOutline
*
- * This procedure frees all memory that might be allocated and referenced
+ * This function frees all memory that might be allocated and referenced
* in the Tk_Outline structure.
*
* Results:
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ Tk_DeleteOutline(
*
* Tk_ConfigOutlineGC
*
- * This procedure should be called in the canvas object during the
+ * This function should be called in the canvas object during the
* configure command. The graphics context description in gcValues is
* updated according to the information in the dash structure, as far as
* possible.
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
}
}
sprintf(string, "%.15g setlinewidth\n", width);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
if (dash->number > 10) {
str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 + 4*dash->number));
@@ -1455,12 +1455,12 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
while (i--) {
sprintf(str+strlen(str), " %d", *ptr++ & 0xff);
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
if (dash->number&1) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", str+1, (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", str+1, NULL);
}
sprintf(str, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
ptr = ptr0;
} else if (dash->number < 0) {
if ((i = DashConvert(lptr, ptr, -dash->number, width)) != 0) {
@@ -1470,15 +1470,15 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
while (--i) {
sprintf(str+strlen(str), " %d", *lptr++ & 0xff);
}
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
sprintf(str, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
lptr = lptr0;
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "[] 0 setdash\n", (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "[] 0 setdash\n", NULL);
}
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "[] 0 setdash\n", (char *)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "[] 0 setdash\n", NULL);
}
if (str != string) {
ckfree(str);
@@ -1490,12 +1490,12 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "StrokeClip ", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "StrokeClip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "stroke\n", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "stroke\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
@@ -1579,10 +1579,10 @@ DashConvert(
*
* This is a helper routine for TkCanvTranslatePath() below.
*
- * Given an (x,y) coordinate pair within a canvas, this procedure
- * computes the corresponding coordinates at which the point should be
- * drawn in the drawable used for display. Those coordinates are then
- * written into outArr[numOut*2] and outArr[numOut*2+1].
+ * Given an (x,y) coordinate pair within a canvas, this function computes
+ * the corresponding coordinates at which the point should be drawn in
+ * the drawable used for display. Those coordinates are then written into
+ * outArr[numOut*2] and outArr[numOut*2+1].
*
* Results:
* There is no return value.
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvWind.c b/generic/tkCanvWind.c
index a5e05c6..5950f32 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvWind.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvWind.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* tkCanvWind.c --
*
* This file implements window items for canvas widgets.
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
* Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvWind.c,v 1.11 2004/11/17 22:46:12 hobbs Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvWind.c,v 1.12 2005/11/04 15:23:05 dkf Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -51,100 +51,96 @@ static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
- {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, height), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
- &stateOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
- {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
+ {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
- {TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(WindowItem, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
- {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
- (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+ {TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, Tk_Offset(WindowItem, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
- * Prototypes for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static void ComputeWindowBbox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- WindowItem *winItemPtr));
-static int ConfigureWinItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static void ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ WindowItem *winItemPtr);
+static int ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags));
-static int CreateWinItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+static int CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void DeleteWinItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
-static void DisplayWinItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
+static void DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
- int x, int y, int width, int height));
-static void ScaleWinItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void ScaleWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
- double scaleX, double scaleY));
-static void TranslateWinItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
-static int WinItemCoords _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ double scaleX, double scaleY);
+static void TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
+static int WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void WinItemLostSlaveProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
- ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin));
-static void WinItemRequestProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
- Tk_Window tkwin));
-static void WinItemStructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
- ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr));
-static int WinItemToArea _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
-static int WinItemToPostscript _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
-static double WinItemToPoint _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
- Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr));
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+static void WinItemLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+ Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void WinItemRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
+ Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void WinItemStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static int WinItemToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
+static int WinItemToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
+static double WinItemToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
#ifdef X_GetImage
-static int xerrorhandler _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
- XErrorEvent *e));
+static int xerrorhandler(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *e);
#endif
-static int CanvasPsWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static int CanvasPsWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
- double y, int width, int height));
+ double y, int width, int height);
/*
- * The structure below defines the window item type by means of procedures
+ * The structure below defines the window item type by means of functions
* that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkWindowType = {
- "window", /* name */
- sizeof(WindowItem), /* itemSize */
- CreateWinItem, /* createProc */
- configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
- ConfigureWinItem, /* configureProc */
- WinItemCoords, /* coordProc */
- DeleteWinItem, /* deleteProc */
- DisplayWinItem, /* displayProc */
- 1|TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
- WinItemToPoint, /* pointProc */
- WinItemToArea, /* areaProc */
- WinItemToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
- ScaleWinItem, /* scaleProc */
- TranslateWinItem, /* translateProc */
- (Tk_ItemIndexProc *) NULL, /* indexProc */
- (Tk_ItemCursorProc *) NULL, /* cursorProc */
- (Tk_ItemSelectionProc *) NULL, /* selectionProc */
- (Tk_ItemInsertProc *) NULL, /* insertProc */
- (Tk_ItemDCharsProc *) NULL, /* dTextProc */
- (Tk_ItemType *) NULL, /* nextPtr */
+ "window", /* name */
+ sizeof(WindowItem), /* itemSize */
+ CreateWinItem, /* createProc */
+ configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
+ ConfigureWinItem, /* configureProc */
+ WinItemCoords, /* coordProc */
+ DeleteWinItem, /* deleteProc */
+ DisplayWinItem, /* displayProc */
+ 1|TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
+ WinItemToPoint, /* pointProc */
+ WinItemToArea, /* areaProc */
+ WinItemToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
+ ScaleWinItem, /* scaleProc */
+ TranslateWinItem, /* translateProc */
+ NULL, /* indexProc */
+ NULL, /* cursorProc */
+ NULL, /* selectionProc */
+ NULL, /* insertProc */
+ NULL, /* dTextProc */
+ NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
-
/*
- * The structure below defines the official type record for the
- * placer:
+ * The structure below defines the official type record for the canvas (as
+ * geometry manager):
*/
static Tk_GeomMgr canvasGeomType = {
@@ -158,14 +154,12 @@ static Tk_GeomMgr canvasGeomType = {
*
* CreateWinItem --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to create a new window
- * item in a canvas.
+ * This function is invoked to create a new window item in a canvas.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in
- * creating the item, then an error message is left in
- * the interp's result; in this case itemPtr is
- * left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
+ * A standard Tcl return value. If an error occurred in creating the
+ * item, then an error message is left in the interp's result; in this
+ * case itemPtr is left uninitialized, so it can be safely freed by the
* caller.
*
* Side effects:
@@ -175,13 +169,13 @@ static Tk_GeomMgr canvasGeomType = {
*/
static int
-CreateWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas to hold new item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Record to hold new item; header
- * has been initialized by caller. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing window. */
+CreateWinItem(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
+ * initialized by caller. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing window. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
@@ -201,8 +195,8 @@ CreateWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
winItemPtr->canvas = canvas;
/*
- * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
- * Only 1 (list) or 2 (x y) coords are allowed.
+ * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
+ * y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
@@ -222,7 +216,7 @@ CreateWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
}
- error:
+ error:
DeleteWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, Tk_Display(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas)));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -232,9 +226,8 @@ CreateWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* WinItemCoords --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "coords" widget
- * command on window items. See the user documentation for
- * details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "coords" widget command on
+ * window items. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR, and sets the interp's result.
@@ -246,15 +239,13 @@ CreateWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WinItemCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item whose coordinates are to be
- * read or modified. */
- int objc; /* Number of coordinates supplied in
- * objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1,
- * x2, y2, ... */
+WinItemCoords(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
+ * modified. */
+ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -299,12 +290,12 @@ WinItemCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*
* ConfigureWinItem --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to configure various aspects
- * of a window item, such as its anchor position.
+ * This function is invoked to configure various aspects of a window
+ * item, such as its anchor position.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then
- * an error message is left in the interp's result.
+ * A standard Tcl result code. If an error occurs, then an error message
+ * is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Configuration information may be set for itemPtr.
@@ -313,13 +304,13 @@ WinItemCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-ConfigureWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Window item to reconfigure. */
- int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
- int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+ConfigureWinItem(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Window item to reconfigure. */
+ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window oldWindow;
@@ -340,8 +331,7 @@ ConfigureWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
if (oldWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
- Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, (Tk_GeomMgr *) NULL,
- (ClientData) NULL);
+ Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(oldWindow, canvasTkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(oldWindow);
}
@@ -349,10 +339,10 @@ ConfigureWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
/*
- * Make sure that the canvas is either the parent of the
- * window associated with the item or a descendant of that
- * parent. Also, don't allow a top-of-hierarchy window to be
- * managed inside a canvas.
+ * Make sure that the canvas is either the parent of the window
+ * associated with the item or a descendant of that parent. Also,
+ * don't allow a top-of-hierarchy window to be managed inside a
+ * canvas.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin);
@@ -362,10 +352,10 @@ ConfigureWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
break;
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (ancestor))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
- badWindow:
+ badWindow:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ",
Tk_PathName(winItemPtr->tkwin),
- " in a window item of this canvas", (char *) NULL);
+ " in a window item of this canvas", NULL);
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -401,8 +391,8 @@ ConfigureWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*
* DeleteWinItem --
*
- * This procedure is called to clean up the data structure
- * associated with a window item.
+ * This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
+ * a window item.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -414,11 +404,10 @@ ConfigureWinItem(interp, canvas, itemPtr, objc, objv, flags)
*/
static void
-DeleteWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Overall info about widget. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being deleted. */
- Display *display; /* Display containing window for
- * canvas. */
+DeleteWinItem(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Overall info about widget. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
+ Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
@@ -426,7 +415,7 @@ DeleteWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display)
if (winItemPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
- Tk_ManageGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *) NULL,
+ Tk_ManageGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
@@ -440,26 +429,23 @@ DeleteWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display)
*
* ComputeWindowBbox --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to compute the bounding box of
- * all the pixels that may be drawn as part of a window item.
- * This procedure is where the child window's placement is
- * computed.
+ * This function is invoked to compute the bounding box of all the pixels
+ * that may be drawn as part of a window item. This function is where the
+ * child window's placement is computed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header
- * for itemPtr.
+ * The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- WindowItem *winItemPtr; /* Item whose bbox is to be
- * recomputed. */
+ComputeWindowBbox(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ WindowItem *winItemPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height, x, y;
Tk_State state = winItemPtr->header.state;
@@ -472,10 +458,10 @@ ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr)
}
if ((winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
- * There is no window for this item yet. Just give it a 1x1
- * bounding box. Don't give it a 0x0 bounding box; there are
- * strange cases where this bounding box might be used as the
- * dimensions of the window, and 0x0 causes problems under X.
+ * There is no window for this item yet. Just give it a 1x1 bounding
+ * box. Don't give it a 0x0 bounding box; there are strange cases
+ * where this bounding box might be used as the dimensions of the
+ * window, and 0x0 causes problems under X.
*/
winItemPtr->header.x1 = x;
@@ -509,36 +495,36 @@ ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr)
*/
switch (winItemPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- x -= width/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- x -= width;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- x -= width;
- y -= height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- x -= width;
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- x -= width/2;
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- y -= height;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- y -= height/2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- x -= width/2;
- y -= height/2;
- break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+ x -= width/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+ x -= width;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+ x -= width;
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+ x -= width;
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+ x -= width/2;
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+ y -= height;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+ break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
+ x -= width/2;
+ y -= height/2;
+ break;
}
/*
@@ -556,36 +542,32 @@ ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr)
*
* DisplayWinItem --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to "draw" a window item in a given
- * drawable. Since the window draws itself, we needn't do any
- * actual redisplay here. However, this procedure takes care
- * of actually repositioning the child window so that it occupies
- * the correct screen position.
+ * This function is invoked to "draw" a window item in a given drawable.
+ * Since the window draws itself, we needn't do any actual redisplay
+ * here. However, this function takes care of actually repositioning the
+ * child window so that it occupies the correct screen position.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The child window's position may get changed. Note: this
- * procedure gets called both when a window needs to be displayed
- * and when it ceases to be visible on the screen (e.g. it was
- * scrolled or moved off-screen or the enclosing canvas is
- * unmapped).
+ * The child window's position may get changed. Note: this function gets
+ * called both when a window needs to be displayed and when it ceases to
+ * be visible on the screen (e.g. it was scrolled or moved off-screen or
+ * the enclosing canvas is unmapped).
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-DisplayWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, regionX, regionY,
- regionWidth, regionHeight)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas that contains item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to be displayed. */
- Display *display; /* Display on which to draw item. */
- Drawable drawable; /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
- * item. */
- int regionX, regionY, regionWidth, regionHeight;
- /* Describes region of canvas that
- * must be redisplayed (not used). */
+DisplayWinItem(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
+ Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
+ Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
+ int regionX, int regionY, int regionWidth, int regionHeight)
+ /* Describes region of canvas that must be
+ * redisplayed (not used). */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int width, height;
@@ -613,16 +595,16 @@ DisplayWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, regionX, regionY,
height = winItemPtr->header.y2 - winItemPtr->header.y1;
/*
- * If the window is completely out of the visible area of the canvas
- * then unmap it. This code used not to be present (why unmap the
- * window if it isn't visible anyway?) but this could cause the
- * window to suddenly reappear if the canvas window got resized.
+ * If the window is completely out of the visible area of the canvas then
+ * unmap it. This code used not to be present (why unmap the window if it
+ * isn't visible anyway?) but this could cause the window to suddenly
+ * reappear if the canvas window got resized.
*/
if (((x + width) <= 0) || ((y + height) <= 0)
|| (x >= Tk_Width(canvasTkwin)) || (y >= Tk_Height(canvasTkwin))) {
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
- Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
+ Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
@@ -630,8 +612,8 @@ DisplayWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, regionX, regionY,
}
/*
- * Reposition and map the window (but in different ways depending
- * on whether the canvas is the window's parent).
+ * Reposition and map the window (but in different ways depending on
+ * whether the canvas is the window's parent).
*/
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
@@ -652,14 +634,14 @@ DisplayWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, regionX, regionY,
*
* WinItemToPoint --
*
- * Computes the distance from a given point to a given
- * window, in canvas units.
+ * Computes the distance from a given point to a given window, in canvas
+ * units.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates
- * are coordPtr[0] and coordPtr[1] is inside the window. If the
- * point isn't inside the window then the return value is the
- * distance from the point to the window.
+ * The return value is 0 if the point whose x and y coordinates are
+ * coordPtr[0] and coordPtr[1] is inside the window. If the point isn't
+ * inside the window then the return value is the distance from the point
+ * to the window.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -668,10 +650,10 @@ DisplayWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, display, drawable, regionX, regionY,
*/
static double
-WinItemToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against point. */
- double *pointPtr; /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
+WinItemToPoint(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
+ double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
@@ -709,14 +691,13 @@ WinItemToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*
* WinItemToArea --
*
- * This procedure is called to determine whether an item
- * lies entirely inside, entirely outside, or overlapping
- * a given rectangle.
+ * This function is called to determine whether an item lies entirely
+ * inside, entirely outside, or overlapping a given rectangle.
*
* Results:
- * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area
- * given by rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely
- * inside the given area.
+ * -1 is returned if the item is entirely outside the area given by
+ * rectPtr, 0 if it overlaps, and 1 if it is entirely inside the given
+ * area.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -725,11 +706,11 @@ WinItemToPoint(canvas, itemPtr, pointPtr)
*/
static int
-WinItemToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item to check against rectangle. */
- double *rectPtr; /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
- * (x1, y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular
+WinItemToArea(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
+ double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
+ * (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -754,8 +735,8 @@ WinItemToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
*
* xerrorhandler --
*
- * This is a dummy function to catch X11 errors during an
- * attempt to print a canvas window.
+ * This is a dummy function to catch X11 errors during an attempt to
+ * print a canvas window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -768,11 +749,11 @@ WinItemToArea(canvas, itemPtr, rectPtr)
#ifdef X_GetImage
static int
-xerrorhandler(clientData, e)
- ClientData clientData;
- XErrorEvent *e;
+xerrorhandler(
+ ClientData clientData,
+ XErrorEvent *e)
{
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
#endif
@@ -782,15 +763,13 @@ xerrorhandler(clientData, e)
*
* WinItemToPostscript --
*
- * This procedure is called to generate Postscript for
- * window items.
+ * This function is called to generate Postscript for window items.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error
- * occurs in generating Postscript then an error message is
- * left in interp->result, replacing whatever used to be there.
- * If no error occurs, then Postscript for the item is appended
- * to the result.
+ * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
+ * generating Postscript then an error message is left in interp->result,
+ * replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
+ * Postscript for the item is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -799,15 +778,13 @@ xerrorhandler(clientData, e)
*/
static int
-WinItemToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item for which Postscript is
- * wanted. */
- int prepass; /* 1 means this is a prepass to
- * collect font information; 0 means
- * final Postscript is being created.*/
+WinItemToPostscript(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
+ int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
+ * information; 0 means final Postscript is
+ * being created. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *)itemPtr;
@@ -818,80 +795,75 @@ WinItemToPostscript(interp, canvas, itemPtr, prepass)
if (prepass || winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
-
+
width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
/*
- * Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the window,
- * taking into account the anchor position for the window.
+ * Compute the coordinates of the lower-left corner of the window, taking
+ * into account the anchor position for the window.
*/
x = winItemPtr->x;
y = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, winItemPtr->y);
-
+
switch (winItemPtr->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW: y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N: x -= width/2.0; y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x -= width; y -= height; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E: x -= width; y -= height/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NW: y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_N: x -= width/2.0; y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x -= width; y -= height; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_E: x -= width; y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
+ case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
return CanvasPsWindow(interp, tkwin, canvas, x, y, width, height);
}
-
+
static int
-CanvasPsWindow(interp, tkwin, canvas, x, y, width, height)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Leave Postscript or error message
- * here. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* window to be printed */
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Information about overall canvas. */
- double x, y; /* origin of window. */
- int width, height; /* width/height of window. */
+CanvasPsWindow(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* window to be printed */
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
+ double x, double y, /* origin of window. */
+ int width, int height) /* width/height of window. */
{
char buffer[256];
XImage *ximage;
int result;
Tcl_DString buffer1, buffer2;
#ifdef X_GetImage
- Tk_ErrorHandler handle;
+ Tk_ErrorHandler handle;
#endif
sprintf(buffer, "\n%%%% %s item (%s, %d x %d)\n%.15g %.15g translate\n",
Tk_Class(tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin), width, height, x, y);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
- /* first try if the widget has its own "postscript" command. If it
- * exists, this will produce much better postscript than
- * when a pixmap is used.
+ /*
+ * First try if the widget has its own "postscript" command. If it exists,
+ * this will produce much better postscript than when a pixmap is used.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer1);
Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer2);
Tcl_DStringGetResult(interp, &buffer2);
- sprintf (buffer, "%s postscript -prolog 0\n", Tk_PathName(tkwin));
+ sprintf(buffer, "%s postscript -prolog 0\n", Tk_PathName(tkwin));
result = Tcl_Eval(interp, buffer);
Tcl_DStringGetResult(interp, &buffer1);
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &buffer2);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer2);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "50 dict begin\nsave\ngsave\n",
- (char *) NULL);
- sprintf (buffer,
- "0 %d moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 -%d rlineto -%d",
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "50 dict begin\nsave\ngsave\n", NULL);
+ sprintf(buffer, "0 %d moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 -%d rlineto -%d",
height, width, height, width);
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " 0 rlineto closepath\n",
"1.000 1.000 1.000 setrgbcolor AdjustColor\nfill\ngrestore\n",
- Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer1), "\nrestore\nend\n\n\n",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer1), "\nrestore\nend\n\n\n", NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer1);
return result;
@@ -899,17 +871,18 @@ CanvasPsWindow(interp, tkwin, canvas, x, y, width, height)
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer1);
/*
- * If the window is off the screen it will generate an BadMatch/XError
- * We catch any BadMatch errors here
+ * If the window is off the screen it will generate a BadMatch/XError. We
+ * catch any BadMatch errors here
*/
+
#ifdef X_GetImage
handle = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), BadMatch,
X_GetImage, -1, xerrorhandler, (ClientData) tkwin);
#endif
/*
- * Generate an XImage from the window. We can then read pixel
- * values out of the XImage.
+ * Generate an XImage from the window. We can then read pixel values out
+ * of the XImage.
*/
ximage = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), 0, 0,
@@ -919,7 +892,7 @@ CanvasPsWindow(interp, tkwin, canvas, x, y, width, height)
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handle);
#endif
- if (ximage == (XImage*) NULL) {
+ if (ximage == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -935,15 +908,14 @@ CanvasPsWindow(interp, tkwin, canvas, x, y, width, height)
*
* ScaleWinItem --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to rescale a window item.
+ * This function is invoked to rescale a window item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The window referred to by itemPtr is rescaled
- * so that the following transformation is applied to all
- * point coordinates:
+ * The window referred to by itemPtr is rescaled so that the following
+ * transformation is applied to all point coordinates:
* x' = originX + scaleX*(x-originX)
* y' = originY + scaleY*(y-originY)
*
@@ -951,12 +923,13 @@ CanvasPsWindow(interp, tkwin, canvas, x, y, width, height)
*/
static void
-ScaleWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing window. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Window to be scaled. */
- double originX, originY; /* Origin about which to scale window. */
- double scaleX; /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
- double scaleY; /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
+ScaleWinItem(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing window. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Window to be scaled. */
+ double originX, double originY,
+ /* Origin about which to scale window. */
+ double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
+ double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -976,25 +949,24 @@ ScaleWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, originX, originY, scaleX, scaleY)
*
* TranslateWinItem --
*
- * This procedure is called to move a window by a given amount.
+ * This function is called to move a window by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The position of the window is offset by (xDelta, yDelta),
- * and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
- * item structure.
+ * The position of the window is offset by (xDelta, yDelta), and the
+ * bounding box is updated in the generic part of the item structure.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TranslateWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
- Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. */
- Tk_Item *itemPtr; /* Item that is being moved. */
- double deltaX, deltaY; /* Amount by which item is to be
- * moved. */
+TranslateWinItem(
+ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
+ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being moved. */
+ double deltaX, double deltaY)
+ /* Amount by which item is to be moved. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -1008,25 +980,23 @@ TranslateWinItem(canvas, itemPtr, deltaX, deltaY)
*
* WinItemStructureProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked whenever StructureNotify events
- * occur for a window that's managed as part of a canvas window
- * item. This procudure's only purpose is to clean up when
- * windows are deleted.
+ * This function is invoked whenever StructureNotify events occur for a
+ * window that's managed as part of a canvas window item. This function's
+ * only purpose is to clean up when windows are deleted.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The window is disassociated from the window item when it is
- * deleted.
+ * The window is disassociated from the window item when it is deleted.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-WinItemStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
- ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
- XEvent *eventPtr; /* Describes what just happened. */
+WinItemStructureProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
+ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
@@ -1040,8 +1010,8 @@ WinItemStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
*
* WinItemRequestProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked whenever a window that's associated
- * with a window canvas item changes its requested dimensions.
+ * This function is invoked whenever a window that's associated with a
+ * window canvas item changes its requested dimensions.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1054,16 +1024,15 @@ WinItemStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
*/
static void
-WinItemRequestProc(clientData, tkwin)
- ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to record for window item. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that changed its desired
- * size. */
+WinItemRequestProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
ComputeWindowBbox(winItemPtr->canvas, winItemPtr);
- DisplayWinItem(winItemPtr->canvas, (Tk_Item *) winItemPtr,
- (Display *) NULL, (Drawable) None, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ DisplayWinItem(winItemPtr->canvas, (Tk_Item *) winItemPtr, NULL,
+ (Drawable) None, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
/*
@@ -1071,8 +1040,8 @@ WinItemRequestProc(clientData, tkwin)
*
* WinItemLostSlaveProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry
- * claims control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ * This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
+ * control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1085,10 +1054,10 @@ WinItemRequestProc(clientData, tkwin)
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
-WinItemLostSlaveProc(clientData, tkwin)
- ClientData clientData; /* WindowItem structure for slave window that
+WinItemLostSlaveProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* WindowItem structure for slave window that
* was stolen away. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(winItemPtr->canvas);
@@ -1101,3 +1070,11 @@ WinItemLostSlaveProc(clientData, tkwin)
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvas.h b/generic/tkCanvas.h
index 402eaa1..5e27558 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvas.h
+++ b/generic/tkCanvas.h
@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
/*
* tkCanvas.h --
*
- * Declarations shared among all the files that implement
- * canvas widgets.
+ * Declarations shared among all the files that implement canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvas.h,v 1.7 2003/01/08 23:02:33 drh Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvas.h,v 1.8 2005/11/04 15:30:59 dkf Exp $
*/
#ifndef _TKCANVAS
@@ -25,7 +24,8 @@
typedef struct TagSearchExpr_s TagSearchExpr;
struct TagSearchExpr_s {
- TagSearchExpr *next; /* for linked lists of expressions - used in bindings */
+ TagSearchExpr *next; /* for linked lists of expressions - used in
+ * bindings */
Tk_Uid uid; /* the uid of the whole expression */
Tk_Uid *uids; /* expresion compiled to an array of uids */
int allocated; /* available space for array of uids */
@@ -36,25 +36,25 @@ struct TagSearchExpr_s {
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
- * The record below describes a canvas widget. It is made available
- * to the item procedures so they can access certain shared fields such
- * as the overall displacement and scale factor for the canvas.
+ * The record below describes a canvas widget. It is made available to the
+ * item functions so they can access certain shared fields such as the overall
+ * displacement and scale factor for the canvas.
*/
typedef struct TkCanvas {
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the canvas. NULL
- * means that the window has been destroyed
- * but the data structures haven't yet been
- * cleaned up.*/
- Display *display; /* Display containing widget; needed, among
+ Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the canvas. NULL means
+ * that the window has been destroyed but the
+ * data structures haven't yet been cleaned
+ * up.*/
+ Display *display; /* Display containing widget; needed, among
* other things, to release resources after
* tkwin has already gone away. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with canvas. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for canvas's widget command. */
- Tk_Item *firstItemPtr; /* First in list of all items in canvas,
- * or NULL if canvas empty. */
- Tk_Item *lastItemPtr; /* Last in list of all items in canvas,
- * or NULL if canvas empty. */
+ Tk_Item *firstItemPtr; /* First in list of all items in canvas, or
+ * NULL if canvas empty. */
+ Tk_Item *lastItemPtr; /* Last in list of all items in canvas, or
+ * NULL if canvas empty. */
/*
* Information used when displaying widget:
@@ -64,39 +64,39 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder; /* Used for canvas background. */
int relief; /* Indicates whether window as a whole is
* raised, sunken, or flat. */
- int highlightWidth; /* Width in pixels of highlight to draw
- * around widget when it has the focus.
- * <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */
+ int highlightWidth; /* Width in pixels of highlight to draw around
+ * widget when it has the focus. <= 0 means
+ * don't draw a highlight. */
XColor *highlightBgColorPtr;
- /* Color for drawing traversal highlight
- * area when highlight is off. */
+ /* Color for drawing traversal highlight area
+ * when highlight is off. */
XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */
int inset; /* Total width of all borders, including
* traversal highlight and 3-D border.
- * Indicates how much interior stuff must
- * be offset from outside edges to leave
- * room for borders. */
+ * Indicates how much interior stuff must be
+ * offset from outside edges to leave room for
+ * borders. */
GC pixmapGC; /* Used to copy bits from a pixmap to the
* screen and also to clear the pixmap. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions to request for canvas window,
* specified in pixels. */
- int redrawX1, redrawY1; /* Upper left corner of area to redraw,
- * in pixel coordinates. Border pixels
- * are included. Only valid if
- * REDRAW_PENDING flag is set. */
- int redrawX2, redrawY2; /* Lower right corner of area to redraw,
- * in integer canvas coordinates. Border
- * pixels will *not* be redrawn. */
- int confine; /* Non-zero means constrain view to keep
- * as much of canvas visible as possible. */
+ int redrawX1, redrawY1; /* Upper left corner of area to redraw, in
+ * pixel coordinates. Border pixels are
+ * included. Only valid if REDRAW_PENDING flag
+ * is set. */
+ int redrawX2, redrawY2; /* Lower right corner of area to redraw, in
+ * integer canvas coordinates. Border pixels
+ * will *not* be redrawn. */
+ int confine; /* Non-zero means constrain view to keep as
+ * much of canvas visible as possible. */
/*
* Information used to manage the selection and insertion cursor:
*/
- Tk_CanvasTextInfo textInfo; /* Contains lots of fields; see tk.h for
- * details. This structure is shared with
- * the code that implements individual items. */
+ Tk_CanvasTextInfo textInfo; /* Contains lots of fields; see tk.h for
+ * details. This structure is shared with the
+ * code that implements individual items. */
int insertOnTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend
* in "on" state for each blink. */
int insertOffTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
* off. */
/*
- * Transformation applied to canvas as a whole: to compute screen
+ * Transformation applied to canvas as a whole: to compute screen
* coordinates (X,Y) from canvas coordinates (x,y), do the following:
*
* X = x - xOrigin;
@@ -118,65 +118,63 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
* canvas pixel units. */
int drawableXOrigin, drawableYOrigin;
/* During redisplay, these fields give the
- * canvas coordinates corresponding to
- * the upper-left corner of the drawable
- * where items are actually being drawn
- * (typically a pixmap smaller than the
- * whole window). */
+ * canvas coordinates corresponding to the
+ * upper-left corner of the drawable where
+ * items are actually being drawn (typically a
+ * pixmap smaller than the whole window). */
/*
* Information used for event bindings associated with items.
*/
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
- /* Table of all bindings currently defined
- * for this canvas. NULL means that no
- * bindings exist, so the table hasn't been
- * created. Each "object" used for this
- * table is either a Tk_Uid for a tag or
- * the address of an item named by id. */
+ /* Table of all bindings currently defined for
+ * this canvas. NULL means that no bindings
+ * exist, so the table hasn't been created.
+ * Each "object" used for this table is either
+ * a Tk_Uid for a tag or the address of an
+ * item named by id. */
Tk_Item *currentItemPtr; /* The item currently containing the mouse
* pointer, or NULL if none. */
Tk_Item *newCurrentPtr; /* The item that is about to become the
- * current one, or NULL. This field is
- * used to detect deletions of the new
- * current item pointer that occur during
- * Leave processing of the previous current
- * item. */
- double closeEnough; /* The mouse is assumed to be inside an
- * item if it is this close to it. */
- XEvent pickEvent; /* The event upon which the current choice
- * of currentItem is based. Must be saved
- * so that if the currentItem is deleted,
- * can pick another. */
- int state; /* Last known modifier state. Used to
- * defer picking a new current object
- * while buttons are down. */
+ * current one, or NULL. This field is used to
+ * detect deletions of the new current item
+ * pointer that occur during Leave processing
+ * of the previous current item. */
+ double closeEnough; /* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
+ * if it is this close to it. */
+ XEvent pickEvent; /* The event upon which the current choice of
+ * currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
+ * if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
+ * another. */
+ int state; /* Last known modifier state. Used to defer
+ * picking a new current object while buttons
+ * are down. */
/*
* Information used for managing scrollbars:
*/
char *xScrollCmd; /* Command prefix for communicating with
- * horizontal scrollbar. NULL means no
- * horizontal scrollbar. Malloc'ed*/
+ * horizontal scrollbar. NULL means no
+ * horizontal scrollbar. Malloc'ed*/
char *yScrollCmd; /* Command prefix for communicating with
- * vertical scrollbar. NULL means no
- * vertical scrollbar. Malloc'ed*/
+ * vertical scrollbar. NULL means no vertical
+ * scrollbar. Malloc'ed*/
int scrollX1, scrollY1, scrollX2, scrollY2;
/* These four coordinates define the region
* that is the 100% area for scrolling (i.e.
* these numbers determine the size and
* location of the sliders on scrollbars).
* Units are pixels in canvas coords. */
- char *regionString; /* The option string from which scrollX1
- * etc. are derived. Malloc'ed. */
+ char *regionString; /* The option string from which scrollX1 etc.
+ * are derived. Malloc'ed. */
int xScrollIncrement; /* If >0, defines a grid for horizontal
- * scrolling. This is the size of the "unit",
+ * scrolling. This is the size of the "unit",
* and the left edge of the screen will always
* lie on an even unit boundary. */
int yScrollIncrement; /* If >0, defines a grid for horizontal
- * scrolling. This is the size of the "unit",
+ * scrolling. This is the size of the "unit",
* and the left edge of the screen will always
* lie on an even unit boundary. */
@@ -197,11 +195,11 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
*/
Tk_Item *hotPtr; /* Pointer to "hot" item (one that's been
- * recently used. NULL means there's no
- * hot item. */
+ * recently used. NULL means there's no hot
+ * item. */
Tk_Item *hotPrevPtr; /* Pointer to predecessor to hotPtr (NULL
- * means item is first in list). This is
- * only a hint and may not really be hotPtr's
+ * means item is first in list). This is only
+ * a hint and may not really be hotPtr's
* predecessor. */
/*
@@ -209,61 +207,61 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
*/
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */
- char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in
- * the C code, but used by keyboard traversal
- * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
- double pixelsPerMM; /* Scale factor between MM and pixels;
- * used when converting coordinates. */
- int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
+ char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
+ * C code, but used by keyboard traversal
+ * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
+ double pixelsPerMM; /* Scale factor between MM and pixels; used
+ * when converting coordinates. */
+ int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
- int nextId; /* Number to use as id for next item
- * created in widget. */
- Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo;
- /* Pointer to information used for generating
- * Postscript for the canvas. NULL means
- * no Postscript is currently being
- * generated. */
+ int nextId; /* Number to use as id for next item created
+ * in widget. */
+ Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Pointer to information used for generating
+ * Postscript for the canvas. NULL means no
+ * Postscript is currently being generated. */
Tcl_HashTable idTable; /* Table of integer indices. */
+
/*
* Additional information, added by the 'dash'-patch
*/
- VOID *reserved1;
+
+ void *reserved1;
Tk_State canvas_state; /* state of canvas */
- VOID *reserved2;
- VOID *reserved3;
+ void *reserved2;
+ void *reserved3;
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
- TagSearchExpr *bindTagExprs; /* linked list of tag expressions used in bindings */
+ TagSearchExpr *bindTagExprs; /* Linked list of tag expressions used in
+ * bindings. */
#endif
} TkCanvas;
/*
* Flag bits for canvases:
*
- * REDRAW_PENDING - 1 means a DoWhenIdle handler has already
- * been created to redraw some or all of the
- * canvas.
+ * REDRAW_PENDING - 1 means a DoWhenIdle handler has already been
+ * created to redraw some or all of the canvas.
* REDRAW_BORDERS - 1 means that the borders need to be redrawn
* during the next redisplay operation.
* REPICK_NEEDED - 1 means DisplayCanvas should pick a new
* current item before redrawing the canvas.
- * GOT_FOCUS - 1 means the focus is currently in this
- * widget, so should draw the insertion cursor
- * and traversal highlight.
+ * GOT_FOCUS - 1 means the focus is currently in this widget,
+ * so should draw the insertion cursor and
+ * traversal highlight.
* CURSOR_ON - 1 means the insertion cursor is in the "on"
- * phase of its blink cycle. 0 means either
- * we don't have the focus or the cursor is in
- * the "off" phase of its cycle.
- * UPDATE_SCROLLBARS - 1 means the scrollbars should get updated
- * as part of the next display operation.
- * LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM - 1 means that the mouse left the current
- * item while a grab was in effect, so we
- * didn't change canvasPtr->currentItemPtr.
+ * phase of its blink cycle. 0 means either we
+ * don't have the focus or the cursor is in the
+ * "off" phase of its cycle.
+ * UPDATE_SCROLLBARS - 1 means the scrollbars should get updated as
+ * part of the next display operation.
+ * LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM - 1 means that the mouse left the current item
+ * while a grab was in effect, so we didn't
+ * change canvasPtr->currentItemPtr.
* REPICK_IN_PROGRESS - 1 means PickCurrentItem is currently
- * executing. If it should be called recursively,
+ * executing. If it should be called recursively,
* it should simply return immediately.
- * BBOX_NOT_EMPTY - 1 means that the bounding box of the area
- * that should be redrawn is not empty.
+ * BBOX_NOT_EMPTY - 1 means that the bounding box of the area that
+ * should be redrawn is not empty.
*/
#define REDRAW_PENDING 1
@@ -279,8 +277,8 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
/*
* Flag bits for canvas items (redraw_flags):
*
- * FORCE_REDRAW - 1 means that the new coordinates of some
- * item are not yet registered using
+ * FORCE_REDRAW - 1 means that the new coordinates of some item
+ * are not yet registered using
* Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(). It should still
* be done by the general canvas code.
*/
@@ -288,20 +286,14 @@ typedef struct TkCanvas {
#define FORCE_REDRAW 8
/*
- * Canvas-related procedures that are shared among Tk modules but not
- * exported to the outside world:
- */
-
-extern int TkCanvPostscriptCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
- Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv));
-
-/*
- * Other procedures that are shared among Tk canvas modules but not exported
+ * Canvas-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported
* to the outside world:
*/
-extern int TkCanvTranslatePath _ANSI_ARGS_((TkCanvas *canvPtr,
- int numVertex, double *coordPtr, int closed,
- XPoint *outPtr));
+extern int TkCanvPostscriptCmd(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+extern int TkCanvTranslatePath(TkCanvas *canvPtr,
+ int numVertex, double *coordPtr, int closed,
+ XPoint *outPtr);
#endif /* _TKCANVAS */
generated by cgit v0.12 at 2024-11-01 12:09:43 (GMT)